Sunteți pe pagina 1din 127

P0255-P0352-E.

qxd

08.11.17 2:18 PM

Page 263

Compact Guide Cylinder


Series

MGP

12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT
 Series Variations
Series

Bearing type

Standard type

MGP

Cushion
Rubber
bumper

MGP
With air cushion

Bore size (mm)

Slide bearing
Ball bushing
bearing

With end lock

Air
cushion
Rubber
bumper

MGP

Page
Clean series: 12 to 63
Water resistant:
20 to 100 Note)
Copper/Fluorine-free:
12 to 100
Copper/Fluorine-free (20-)

P. 269

P. 289

Note) Available with 20 to


100 slide bearing
type only

P. 307

D-

Heavy duty guide rod type

MGPS

Slide bearing

Rubber
bumper

High precision ball bushing bearing type

Ball bushing
bearing

Rubber bumper/
Air cushion

MGPA

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

P. 319

P. 329

263

-X
Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:18 PM

Page 264

Combinations of Standard Products and Made


Series
 : Standard

MGP
 : Special product (Contact SMC for details.)

: Made to Order specifications

: Not available

Basic type

Air cushion

Bearing

Slide bearing

Ball bushing

Slide bearing

Ball bushing

Type

MGPM

MGPL

MGPM

MGPL

12 to 100

Bore size

16 to 100

Basic type

With air cushion

With end lock

12-

Clean series Note 1)

13-

Clean series Note 1)

20-

Copper-free

21-

Copper-free/Clean series Note 1)

R/V

Water resistant Note 2)

Note 3)

XB6

Heat resistant cylinder (10 to 150C)

XB9

Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s)

XB10

Intermediate stroke (Exclusive body)

XB13

Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s)

XC4

With heavy duty scraper

XC6

Made of stainless steel

XC8

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

XC9

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

XC19

Intermediate stroke (Spacer type)

XC22

Fluororubber seals

XC35

With coil scraper

XC69

With shock absorber

XC79

Machining tapped hole,


drilled hole and pin hole additionally

XC82

Bottom mounting style

X144

Symmetrical port position

X867

Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Note 4)

Note 5)

Note 4)

Note 1) MGPL: 12 to 63 only


Note 2) MGPL: 20 to 100 only
Note 3) Without cushion, MGPL: (). (): With auto switch
Note 4) For 20 to 100 only
Note 5) Without cushion, MGPL: ().

264

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 265

to Order Specifications
Series

With end lock

Heavy duty guide type

High precision ball bushing type

Slide bearing

Ball bushing

Slide bearing

Basic type

Air cushion

With end lock

MGPM

MGPL

MGPS

MGPA

MGPA

MGPA

50, 80

12 to 100

16 to 100

20 to 100

20 to 100

MGP

MGP

MGQ

MGG

MGC

MGF

MGZ

MGT

MGJ




D-
-X
Individual
-X

265

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 266

Compact Guide Cylinder

MGP

Series

12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Four mounting styles provided

Piping is possible from two directions

 Easy positioning
Knock pin holes provided on each mounting surface

1. Top mounting

1. Top ported
2. Side mounting

2. Side ported

1. To

pm

3. T-slot side mounting


Easy adjustment of workpiece and cylinder mounting

1. T
op

por

ting

1. A
u

2d or more
(d: Screw O.D.)

4. Bottom mounting

oun

to s
witc
hm
oun
ting

2.
e

id

S
po

rt

o
ott

tin

n
ou

4. B

Auto switches
can be mounted on two sides.

1. A
uto

2. S

ide

mo

3. T
-slo

unt

t si

ing

de

swi
tch
m

oun

mo

unt

ting

ing

Two types of guide rod bearing to accommodate


various applications

Slide bearing
The lateral withstand load is more than twice that of a conventional stopper cylinder (round bar type),
and is suitable for use with lateral loads accompanied by impact, as in stoppers.

Ball bushing bearing


Suitable for use as a pusher and lifter.

Stroke Variations
Bearing type

MGPM
Slide bearing

MGPL
Ball bushing
bearing

266

Long strokes up to 400 mm are standardized.

Bore size
(mm)

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Stroke (mm)
10

20









25








Intermediate stroke

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

400






























































































































Spacer installation type


Available by the 1 mm
& 5 mm interval.
Exclusive body (-XB10)
in stroke increments
of 1 mm

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 267

 With end lock type

,
Holds the cylinder s home position even if the air supply is cut off.
Compact body 20 to 63 Standard + 25 mm body length
80, 100 Standard + 50 mm body length

 Stroke Variations
Bearing type

MGPM
Slide bearing

MGPL
Ball bushing
bearing

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400













































































































Intermediate
Lock
stroke
direction

Manual
release

Rod end

Non-lock
type

Spacer type
lock
available
by the 5 mm
stroke
interval.
Head end
lock

Lock
type

 With air cushion type


An air cushion has been added to the compact
guide cylinder to suppress vibration and noise at
the stroke end. It can absorb nearly three times
as much kinetic energy as a rubber bumper.

 Stroke Variations
Bearing type

Bore size
(mm)

MGJ
Stroke (mm)

Intermediate stroke

MGP

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400

Cushion valve is built


into the body

MGPM
Slide bearing

MGPL
Ball bushing
bearing

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100




















































































































MGQ
MGG

Strokes available
by the 1 mm interval
by changing the collar.

MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

 Heavy duty guide rod type with improved load resistance


 Stroke Variations
Bearing type

MGPS
Slide bearing

Bore size
(mm)

50
80

Stroke (mm)
25

50

75

100 125 150 175 200

























Anti-lateral load: 10% increase


Eccentric load resistance: 25% increase
Impact load resistance: 140% increase

D-

(Compared with MGPM50 compact guide cylinder)


Bore size
(mm)

Guide rod diameter (mm)

MGPS

MGPM

50

30

25

80

45

30

-X
Individual
-X

267

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 268

Full Made to Order Variation


Description

Description

Heat resistant cylinder (10 to 150C)

Symbol

-XB6

With coil scraper

Symbol

An air cylinder with special seal material and grease, so that it can
be used even at an ambient temperature range from 10C up to
150C. (MGPM only)

Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body)

Symbol

-XC35

It gets rid of frost, ice,


weld spatter, cutting chips
adhered to the piston rod,
and protects the seals,
etc.

-XB10

When intermediate strokes other than standard strokes are used,


this cylinder could shorten the full length and reduce the mounting
space with an exclusive body without a spacer.

Low speed cylinder (5 to 50mm/s)

Symbol

-XB13

With shock absorber

Smooth operation is possible with minimal sticking and slipping at


low speeds of 5 to 50 mm.

With heavy duty scraper

Symbol

Shock absorber

-XC4

Symbol

-XC69

A shock absorber reduces


the impact on the stroke
extended side end.

A cylinder with a heavy duty scraper is used for the wiper ring is suitable
for use in an environment where there is a lot of dust in the surrounding
area or where the equipment is exposed to earth and sand (die-casting
equipment, construction machinery, industrial vehicles, etc.).

Change of guide rod end shape

30
(Standard body
dimension)

Symbol

-XA1,6,17,21

Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally

Some patterns of guide rod


end shape. 4 diagrams are
available. Specify dimensions
on a drawing and order the
desired product.

Plate

Symbol

-XC79

Tapped, drilled and pin holes


are additionally machined to
install a workpiece to the
plate.

Piston rod and rod end nut made of stainless steel


6 Retaining ring

Hexagon socket
5 head cap plug

1 Piston rod
2 Guide rod

3 Plate

Symbol

-XC6

These are suitable for cases


where rust or corrosion due
to being immersed in water
are likely.
Use stainless steel for parts
q to y.

Bottom mounting style

Symbol

-XC82

The guide rod does not


protrude from the bottom
when the rod is retracting.

Relief holes for


the guide rods
are not required
when a cylinder
is mounted on
the bottom.

4 Plate mounting bolt

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

Symbol

-XC8

Install a stroke adjusting unit


on the head side to adjust
strokes at the outlet. (After
adjusting stroke, both-side
cushion style is changed into
single side cushion style.)

Symmetrical port position

Symbol

-X144

This makes it easy to remove


and rotate piping when it is
mounted on a wall where
mounting space is limited.

Standard

-X144

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

Symbol

-XC9

Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Hexagon socket head cap taper plug


Front piping port
Symbol

-XC19

When intermediate strokes other than standard strokes are used,


this cylinder could shorten the full length and reduce the mounting
space with a spacer.

Fluororubber seals
Fluororubber is used for seals.

268

Symbol

-XC22

-X867

A type which plugs the piping


port on the top in order to use
it on the side.

The retract stroke of the


cylinder can be adjusted
with the adjusting bolt.

Intermediate stroke (Spacer type)

Symbol

Side piping port

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 269

Compact Guide Cylinder


Series

MGP

12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

 Stroke Variations
Bearing type

MGPM
Slide bearing

MGPL
Ball bushing
bearing

Bore size
(mm)

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Stroke (mm)

10



20





25








30





40





50











75











100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400























































































Intermediate stroke

Spacer installation type


Available by the 1 mm
& 5 mm interval.
Exclusive body (-XB10)
in stroke increments
of 1 mm

D-
-X
Individual
-X

269

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 270

Series MGP

Specific Product Precautions 1


Be sure to read before handling.
Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator
and Auto Switch Precautions.

Mounting

Cushion

Warning

With air cushion

Caution

1. Never place your hands or fingers


between the plate and the body.

1. Keep the adjusting range of the


cushion valve within 3 rotations of the
completely closed position.

Be very careful to prevent your hands or


fingers from getting caught in the gap
between the cylinder body and the plate
when air is applied.

Caution
1. Use cylinders within the piston speed range.
An orifice is set for this cylinder, but the piston speed may exceed the operating range
if the speed controller is not used. If the cylinder is used outside the operating speed
range, it may cause damage to the cylinder and shorten the service life. Adjust the
speed by installing the speed controller and use the cylinder within the limited range.

2. Do not scratch or gouge the sliding portion of the piston rod and the guide rod.
Damaged seals, etc. will result in leakage or malfunction.

3. Do not dent or scratch the mounting surface of a body and a plate.


The flatness of the mounting surface may not be maintained, which would cause an
increase in sliding resistance.

4. Make sure that the cylinder mounting surface has a flatness of 0.05 mm or less.
If the flatness of the workpieces and brackets mounted on the plate is not appropriate,
sliding resistance may increase.

5. Bottom of cylinder
The guide rods protrude from the bottom of the cylinder at the end of the retracting
stroke, and therefore, in cases where the cylinder is to be bottom mounted, it is
necessary to provide bypass ports in the mounting surface for the guide rods, as well
as holes for the hexagon socket head screws which are used for mounting.
Moreover, in applications where impact occurs from a stopper, etc., the mounting
bolts should be inserted to a depth of 2 d or more (1.5 d or more for MGPS).

1.5 d or more

D
Bypass port dia.

B 0.2

B 0.2

270

JIS B 4648 hexagon wrench key 1.5


JIS B 4648 hexagon wrench key 2.5
JIS B 4648 hexagon wrench key 4

2. Be sure to activate the air cushion at


the cylinder stroke end.
Be sure to activate the air cushion at the end of
the cylinder stroke. When it is intended to operate
with the cushion valve fully opened, select a
cylinder equipped with rubber bumper. If operated
without confirming this point, the piston rod
assembly, etc., may be damaged.

3. Be sure to operate a cylinder equipped


with air cushion to the end of the
stroke.
If it is not operated to the end of the stroke, the
effect of the air cushion will not be fully exhibited.
Consequently, in cases where the stroke is
regulated by an external stopper, etc., caution
must be exercised, as the air cushion may
become completely ineffective.

Depending on the operating conditions,


piping port positions can be changed by
using a plug.
1. For M5

C 0.2

A 0.2

D (mm)
Bore size
A
B
C
Hexagon socket
(mm)
(mm) (mm) (mm) MGPM MGPL head cap screw
18
22
24
30
34
40
46
58
54
62

Applicable tool
,
Flat head watchmakers screwdriver 3 mm

Caution

D
Bypass port dia.

A 0.2

50
56
72
82
98
106
130
142
180
210

16
20,25,32,40
50,63
80,100

Piping

(d = Thread O.D.)

2 d or more
C 0.2

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Bore size (mm)

Series MGPS
(d = Thread O.D.)

Series MGP

When adjusting the cushion valve, use the


following screwdriver or hexagon wrenches. Keep
the adjusting range of the cushion valve within 3
rotations of the completely closed position. Air
leakage will occur if operated after opening by 4
rotations or more. Furthermore, a stopper
mechanism is provided for the cushion valve, and
it should not be forced open beyond that position.

41
46
54
64
78
86
110
124
156
188

10
12
14
18
22
22
27
27
33
39

8
10
12
15
18
18
22
22
28
33

M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5
M12 x 1.75
M14 x 2.0

Bore size
(mm)

A
(mm)

B
(mm)

C
(mm)

D
(mm)

Hexagon socket
head cap screw

50
80

140
214

50
66

116
170

32
47

M12 x 1.75
M16 x 2

After tightening by hand, tighten additional 1/6 to


1/4 rotation with a tightening tool.

2. For taper thread


Use the correct tightening torques listed below.
Before tightening the plug, wrap pipe tape around
it. Also, with regard to the sunk dimension of a
plug (a dimension in the drawing), use the
stipulated figures as a guide and confirm the air
leakage before operation.
If tightening plugs on the top mounting port with
more than the proper tightening torque, plugs
will be screwed much deeply and air passage
will be squeezed. Consequently, the cylinder
speed will be restricted.
Connection thread Proper tightening
torque (Nm)
(plug) size

1/8
1/4
3/8
Plug

7 to 9
12 to 14
22 to 24

a dimension
0.5 mm or less
1 mm or less
1 mm or less

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 271

Series MGP

Specific Product Precautions 2


Be sure to read before handling.
Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator
and Auto Switch Precautions.

Allowable Kinetic Energy


Load mass and a maximum speed must be within the ranges shown in the graphs below.

MGP with rubber bumper

MGP with air cushion

1000

1000

100
80
63
50
40
32

100
80
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

100

25
20

10

16
12

100

63
50
40
32

25
10

20
16

0.1

MGJ
MGP
0.01
100

1000

Maximum speed (mm/s)

1
100

1000

Maximum speed (mm/s)

MGQ
MGG

MGP without cushion (MGP-V (Water resistant), XB6, XC9, XC22)

MGC

1000

MGF

Load mass m (kg)

100

10

100
80
63
50
40
32

MGZ
MGT

25
20
16
12

0.1

D-
-X
0.01
100

Individual
-X

1000

Maximum speed (mm/s)

271

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 272

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
How to Order

MGP M 25

Compact Guide Cylinder

30 M9BW

Compact Guide Cylinder

Made to Order Specification


For details, refer to page 273.

Bearing type
Slide bearing
Ball bushing bearing

M
L

Number of auto switches


Nil

S
n

Bore size
12
16
20
25
32

12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm

40 40 mm
50 50 mm
63 63 mm
80 80 mm
100 100 mm

Auto switch
Nil

N
TF

Without auto switch


(Built-in magnet)

For the applicable auto switch model,


refer to the table below.

Thread type
Nil

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

M5 x 0.8
Rc
NPT
G

Cylinder stroke (mm)


Refer to Standard Stroke on page 273.

For bore sizes 12 and 16,


only M5 x 0.8 is available.

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Water resistant
(2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

Electrical
entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
Grommet Yes
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
2-wire (Non-polar)
3-wire
Yes (NPN equivalent)
Grommet
2-wire
No

Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil


1 m M
3 m L
5 m Z

Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

DC

Auto switch model


AC

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA
P4DW

5V,12V
12V
5V,12V
24V

12V
5V,12V
12V

24V

(Example) M9NW
(Example) M9NWM
(Example) M9NWL
(Example) M9NWZ

Pre-wired





















































Applicable load
IC
circuit

IC
circuit

IC
circuit

Relay,
PLC

IC

 
5V
A96
A96V

circuit
100V
 

A93
A93V
Relay,
12V
100V or less A90V
 

IC circuit PLC
A90
Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
D-P4DW type can be mounted on bore sizes 32 to 100.

Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785.
Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

272

Lead wire length (m)

0.5 1 3 5 connector
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 273

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Specifications
12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Double acting

Bore size
Action

Air
1.5 MPa

Fluid
Proof pressure

1.0 MPa

Maximum operating pressure


Minimum operating pressure 0.12 MPa

0.1 MPa
10 to 60C (No freezing)
50 to 500 mm/s

Ambient and fluid temperature


Piston speed Note)

50 to 400 mm/s

Rubber bumper on both ends

Cushion

Not required (Non-lube)

Lubrication

+1.5
0

Stroke length tolerance

mm

Note) Maximum speed with no load.


Make a model selection, considering a load according to the graph on pages 275 to 281.

Standard Stroke
Standard stroke (mm)
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250
20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

Bore size (mm)


12, 16
20, 25
32 to 100

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke


Made to Order Specification
(For details, refer to pages 1829 to 2021.)
Symbol

Specifications

XA

Change of guide rod end shape

XB6

Heat resistant cylinder (10 to 150C)

XB10

Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body)

XB13

Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s)

XC4

With heavy duty scraper

XC6

Made of stainless steel

XC8

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

XC9

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

XC22

Fluororubber seals

XC35

With coil scraper

XC69

With shock absorber

XC79

Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally.

XC82

Bottom mounting style

X144

Symmetrical port position

X867

Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Description

Spacer installation type


Exclusive body (-XB10)
Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinder. Dealing with the stroke by making an exclusive body.
12 to 32: Available by the 1 mm stroke interval. All bore sizes are available by the 1 mm interval.
40 to 100: Available by the 5 mm stroke interval.

Part no.

Refer to How to Order for the standard model numbers.

Applicable
stroke (mm)

Minimum auto switch mounting stroke


Proper auto switch mounting position
(detection at stroke end) and mounting height
Operating range
Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

12, 16

11 to 249

20, 25, 32

1 to 399

20, 25

21 to 399

5 to 395

A spacer 1 mm in width is installed in a


MGPM20-40. C dimension is 77 mm.

MGJ
MGP

32 to 100
26 to 399
Part no.: MGPM20-39-XB10
Special body manufactured for 39 stroke.
C dimension is 76 mm.

MGQ
MGG

Theoretical Output
OUT

MGC

IN

(N)
Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area
(mm)
(mm) direction
(mm2)
12
16

Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders


with auto switches.

1 to 249

40 to 100
Part no.: MGPM20-39
Example

Suffix -XB10 to the end of standard part number. Note)

12, 16

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

6
8
10
12
16
16
20
20
25
30

OUT

Operating pressure (MPa)


0.2

0.3

0.4

113

23

34

45

0.5

0.6
68

57

0.7
79

0.8
90

0.9
102

1.0
113

IN

85

17

26

34

43

51

60

68

77

85

OUT

201

40

60

80

101

121

141

161

181

201

IN

151

30

45

60

76

91

106

121

136

151

OUT

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

IN

236

47

71

94

118

142

165

189

212

236

OUT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

IN

378

76

113

151

189

227

265

302

340

378

OUT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

IN

603

121

181

241

302

362

422

482

543

603

OUT

1257

251

377

503

629

754

880 1006 1131 1257

634

739

845

1056

211

317

422

528

1963

393

589

785

982 1178 1374 1570 1767 1963

660

825

1649

330

495

3117

623

935 1247 1559 1870 2182 2494 2805 3117

561

841 1121 1402 1682 1962 2242 2523 2803

2803
5027

MGT

990 1154 1319 1484 1649

IN
OUT
IN

MGZ

950 1056

IN
OUT

OUT

MGF

1005 1508 2011 2514 3016 3519 4022 4524 5027

IN

4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2722 3175 3629 4082 4536

OUT

7854

1571 2356 3142 3927 4712 5498 6283 7069 7854

IN

7147

1429 2144 2859 3574 4288 5003 5718 6432 7147

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

273

D-
-X
Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 274

Series MGP
Mass
Slide Bearing: MGPM12 to 100

(kg)
Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size
(mm)

Model

10

20

25

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

12

MGPM12

0.24

0.28

0.39

0.50

0.59

0.70

0.33

0.38

0.53

0.80

0.97

0.98
1.35

1.60

MGPM20

0.67

0.75

0.91

0.68
1.17

0.89
1.22

20

0.48
0.83

0.79
1.09

1.17

MGPM16

0.31
0.43

0.35

16

1.37

1.57

1.76

1.96

2.16

2.63

3.03

3.42

3.82

25

MGPM25

1.05

1.16

1.27

1.65

1.92

2.19

2.47

2.74

3.01

3.67

4.21

4.76

MGPM32

2.85

3.24

3.62

4.00

4.38

5.33

6.09

6.86

5.30
7.62

2.37

2.83

3.25

3.68

4.10

4.53

4.95

5.99

6.85

7.70

8.55

MGPM50

3.36

2.47

MGPM40

2.07

50

1.69

40

0.95

32

4.00

5.37

6.01

6.65

7.29

7.93

9.54

10.8

12.1

13.4

63

MGPM63

4.18

6.54

7.29

8.05

8.80

9.56

11.4

12.9

MGPM80

6.49

8.67

9.61

10.5

11.5

12.4

13.4

15.8

17.7

14.4
19.5

15.9

80

4.94
7.43

4.73
5.78

100

MGPM100

10.5

11.9

13.6

14.9

16.3

17.6

18.9

20.2

23.6

26.2

28.9

31.5

1.95

300

350

400

21.4

Ball Bushing Bearing: MGPL12 to 100

(kg)
Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size
(mm)

Model

10

20

12

MGPL12

0.24

0.27

25

16

MGPL16

0.34

0.39

20

MGPL20

0.70

25

MGPL25

32

MGPL32

40

MGPL40

50

MGPL50

63

MGPL63

80
100

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

0.35

0.39

0.47

0.56

0.66

0.51

0.79

0.93

0.91
1.28

1.50

0.77

0.89

0.67
1.14

0.83
1.16

0.56
0.97

0.74
1.04

1.08

0.30
0.43

1.31

1.52

1.69

1.87

2.04

2.42

2.77

3.12

3.47

0.98

1.07

1.25

1.34

1.57

1.81

2.08

2.31

2.54

2.77

3.27

3.74

4.20

4.66

1.54

1.85

2.30

2.62

2.99

3.31

3.94

4.63

5.26

5.89

6.52

2.15

2.64

3.00

3.42

3.78

3.62
4.14

4.50

5.28

6.00

6.72

7.44

3.11

3.66

4.41

4.96

5.60

6.15

6.70

7.25

8.48

9.57

10.7

11.8

3.93

4.59

5.46

6.12

6.88

7.54

8.21

8.87

10.3

11.7

13.0

14.3

MGPL80

6.25

8.69

9.51

10.3

11.1

12.0

12.8

14.7

16.3

18.0

19.6

MGPL100

9.89

7.39
11.6

13.4

14.5

15.7

16.9

18.1

19.3

21.9

24.2

26.6

28.9

1.79

300

350

400

Non-rotating Accuracy
of Plate

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate


Torque: T (Nm)

T (N.m)
Bore size
(mm)
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

274

Stroke (mm)

For non-rotating accuracy without load, use a value


no more than the values in the table as a guide.

Bore size
(mm)

Bearing
type

10

MGPM

0.39 0.32

0.27 0.24 0.21 0.43 0.36 0.31 0.27 0.24

0.22 0.19

12

MGPL

0.61 0.45

0.35 0.58 0.50 0.37 0.29 0.24 0.20 0.18

0.16 0.12

16

MGPM

0.69 0.58

0.49 0.43 0.38 0.69 0.58 0.50 0.44 0.40

0.36 0.30

20

MGPL

0.99 0.74

0.59 0.99 0.86 0.65 0.52 0.43 0.37 0.32

0.28 0.23

25

20

25

30

40

50

75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400

MGPM

1.05

0.93 0.83 0.75 1.88 1.63 1.44 1.28 1.16

1.06 0.90 0.78 0.69

0.62

32

MGPL

1.26

1.03 2.17 1.94 1.52 1.25 1.34 1.17 1.03

0.93 0.76 0.65 0.56

0.49

40

MGPM

1.76

1.55 1.38 1.25 2.96 2.57 2.26 2.02 1.83

1.67 1.42 1.24 1.09

0.98

50

MGPL

2.11

1.75 3.37 3.02 2.38 1.97 2.05 1.78 1.58

1.41 1.16 0.98 0.85

0.74

63

MGPM

6.35

5.13 5.69 4.97 4.42 3.98 3.61

3.31 2.84 2.48 2.20

1.98

80

MGPL
MGPM

5.95

4.89 5.11 4.51 6.34 5.79 5.33

4.93 4.29 3.78 3.38

3.04

100

7.00

5.66 6.27 5.48 4.87 4.38 3.98

3.65 3.13 2.74 2.43

2.19

MGPL

6.55

5.39 5.62 4.96 6.98 6.38 5.87

5.43 4.72 4.16 3.71

3.35

MGPM

7.24 6.24 5.49 4.90

4.43

MGPL

7.62 9.83 8.74 11.6

9.83

9.12 7.95 7.02 6.26

5.63

MGPM

14.7

12.1 13.5 11.9 10.7

9.69 8.86

8.16 7.04 6.19 5.52

4.99

MGPL

10.2

8.84 7.80 6.94

6.24

MGPM

21.9

18.6 22.9 20.5 18.6 17.0 15.6

14.5 12.6 11.2 10.0

MGPL

15.1

23.3 22.7 20.6 18.9 17.3 16.0

14.8 12.9 11.3 10.0

MGPM

38.8

33.5 37.5 33.8 30.9 28.4 26.2

24.4 21.4 19.1 17.2

15.7

MGPL

27.1

30.6 37.9 34.6 31.8 29.3 27.2

25.3 22.1 19.5 17.3

15.5

13.0
9.17

10.8

12.0 10.6

8.48 11.0

9.50 8.60 7.86


10.7

9.74 13.0 11.9 11.0

10.2

9.11
8.94

Non-rotating accuracy
MGPM

MGPL

0.08

0.10

0.07

0.09

0.06

0.08

0.05

0.06

0.04

0.05

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 275

Series MGP

Model Selection
Selection Conditions
Vertical

Horizontal

l
l

Mounting orientation
m

Maximum speed (mm/s)

200 or less

400

200 or less

400

Graph (Slide bearing type)

(1), (2)
(5) to (8)

(3), (4)
(9) to (12)

(13), (14)
(17), (18)

(15), (16)
(19), (20)

Graph (Ball bushing bearing type)

Selection Example 1 (Vertical Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions
Mounting: Vertical
Bearing type: Ball bushing
Stroke: 30 stroke
Maximum speed: 200 mm/s
Load mass: 3 kg
Eccentric distance: 90 mm
Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 3 kg and the eccentric
distance of 90 mm on graph (5), based on vertical mounting, ball bushing,
30 stroke, and the speed of 200 mm/s.
MGPL25-30 is selected.

Selection conditions
Mounting: Horizontal
Bearing type: Slide bearing
Distance between plate and load center of gravity: 50 mm
Maximum speed: 200 mm/s
Load mass: 2 kg
Stroke: 30 stroke
Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 2 kg and 30 stroke on
graph (13), based on horizontal mounting, slide bearing, the distance of 50 mm
between the plate and load center of gravity, and the speed of 200 mm/s.
MGPM20-30 is selected.

(5) Less than 40 stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(13) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less


50

20
10

20
10

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

MGG
MGC

100
80

MGF

50,63

50,63

32,40

32,40

MGZ

25

MGQ

80

16

12

MGP

100

25

MGJ

MGT

20

25
20

16

16

12

12

0.1

0.1
10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

10

20

30

40 50 51

100

200

300

D-

Stroke (mm)

. When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s
by the coefficient listed in the table below.
Maximum Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s Up to 500 mm/s
Coefficient
1.7
1
0.6

275

-X
Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 276

Series MGP
Operating pressure 0.4 MPa
Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Slide Bearing)


MGPM12 to 100
(1) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less
300
200

300
200

100
80

10

80

63

63

50

50

40

40

32

32

25
20

100

100

Load mass m (kg)

100

Load mass m (kg)

(2) Over 50 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

16

10

25
20

5
16

12

12

0.1

0.1
10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

(3) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

(4) Over 50 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

100

100
100

100

50

50
80

80

63

63

50

50

10

10
Load mass m (kg)

40
Load mass m (kg)

100

5
32
25
20
1

40
5
32

25
20

1
16

16
12

12
0.1

0.1
10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

276

200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 277

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa


Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Ball Bushing)


MGPL12 to 25

(5) 30 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(6) Over 30 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

20

20

10

10

25
20

25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

16

12

20

16
1
12

0.1

0.1
10

50

100

10

200

50

100

MGJ

200

MGP

Eccentric distance l (mm)

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGQ

MGPL32 to 100

(7) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(8) Over 50 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

300

MGG

300

MGC

100
80

100

100

MGF

80

MGZ

63

MGT

100

63
50

50
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50
40
32

50
40
10

10

32
5

D-
1

-X

1
1

10
Eccentric distance l (mm)

100

200

10

50

100

200

Individual
-X

Eccentric distance l (mm)

277

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 278

Series MGP
Vertical Mounting (Ball Bushing)

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa

MGPL12 to 25

(9) 30 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

(10) Over 30 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

10

0.5
25

20

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

25

20
1
16

16
0.1

12

12

0.1

0.01
10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l (mm)

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGPL32 to 100

(11) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

(12) Over 50 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

100

100
100
50

50
80

100
80
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

63

50
10
40

10

63

5
50
40

5
32
1

32

0.2
10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

278

200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 279

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Horizontal Mounting (Slide Bearing)


MGPM12 to 100

(13) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less


50

(14) l = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less


50

100

80

50, 63

80

50, 63
50, 63

32, 40

32, 40
Load mass m (kg)

20

5
25
20

12

25
20

25
20

16

16

32, 40

10

25
Load mass m (kg)

100
80

50, 63

32, 40

10

100

100

80

16
12

16

12

12

MGJ

0.1

0.1
10

20

30

40 50 51

100

200

10

300

20

30

Stroke (mm)

40 50 51

100

200

300

MGP

Stroke (mm)

MGQ
(15) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s
50

(16) l = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s


100

100

80

80

63

63

50

50

100

50, 63

10
40

40

5
32

50, 63

MGF

40

MGZ
MGT

Load mass m (kg)

40

MGC

80

80

10

Load mass m (kg)

MGG

50

100

32

25
25
20

32

32

20

25

25

20

20

16

16

12

12

1
16

16

12
12

D-
0.110

-X

0.1
20

30

40 50 51
Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

10

20

30

40 50

51

100

200

300

Stroke (mm)

279

Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 280

Series MGP
Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing)
(17) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(18) l =100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

MGPL12 to 25

MGPL12 to 25
10

10
25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

20

25
25
20
20
16

16

12

25

20

25
20
16
16

16

12

16

12
1

1
12

12

12
0.5

0.5
10

20

30 31

50

100 101

200

10

300

20

30 31

50

100 101

200

300

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

MGPL32 to 63
50

Load mass m (kg)

50

Load mass m (kg)

25

20

50, 63
50, 63
50, 63
32, 40
32, 40

32, 40

50, 63

50, 63
10

10

32, 40

50, 63
32, 40

32, 40

5
10

20

30 40 50

51

100

101

200

10

300

20

30 40 50

51

100

101

200

300

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

MGPL80, 100

MGPL80, 100
50

50
100

100
80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

100

100

80

80

100
80

80
100

10

10

80

5
10

20

29 30

49 50
Stroke (mm)

280

100

200

300

10

20

29 30

49 50
Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 281

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing)


(20) l =100 mm, V = 400 mm/s

(19) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s


MGPL12 to 25

MGPL12 to 25

25

25

25

20

20

20

16

16

16

25

25

20

20

16

16

16

12

12

12

25
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

20

12

12

12

0.5

0.5
10

20

30 31

50

100 101

200

300

10

20

30 31

Stroke (mm)

50

100 101

200

300

Stroke (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

MGPL32 to 63

50

63

50, 63

50
50, 63
10

40

50

MGG
40
40

40
32

MGQ

50, 63

50, 63

32

MGP

63

10

40

40

MGJ

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

32

32

32

32

MGC
MGF

5
10

20

30

40 50 51

100 101

200

300

10

20

30

40 50 51

Stroke (mm)

100 101

200

300

MGZ

Stroke (mm)

MGPL80, 100

MGT

MGPL80, 100

50

50
100

100

100
80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

80

80

100

80

10

100
80
100

10

80

D-
5

-X

5
10

20

29 30

49 50
Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

10

20

29 30

49 50

100

200

300

Stroke (mm)

281

Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 282

Series MGP
Operating Range when Used as Stopper
Bore Size: 12 to 25/MGPM12 to 25 (Slide bearing)

100
25

When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be


sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Caution
Caution on handling
Note 1) When using as a stopper, select a model
with 30 stroke or less.
Note 2) Model MGPL (Ball bushing bearing)
cannot be used as a stopper.

Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

l 50 mm

l 50 mm

MGPM12 to 25 (Slide bearing)

50
40

20

30

16

20
12
10

5
4
3
2

20

10

30

40

50

30

40

50

Transfer speed: (m/min)

Bore Size: 32 to 100/MGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing)


MGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing)
2000

When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be


sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Caution
Caution on handling
Note 1) When using as a stopper, select a model
with 50 stroke or less.
Note 2) Model MGPL (Ball bushing bearing)
cannot be used as a stopper.

100
1000
Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

l 50 mm

l 50 mm

80
63

500
400

50

300
40

200

32
100

50
40
30

10

20
Transfer speed: (m/min)

282

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 283

Series MGP

Compact Guide Cylinder

1. Water Resistant

3. Clean Series

Ideal for use in a machine tool environment exposed to coolants. Applicable for use in an
environment with water splashing such as food processing and car wash equipment, etc.

Applicable in a clean room environment.Ideal for use in conveyor lines for semiconductor
(LSI), liquid crystal (LCD), food processing, pharmaceutical, and electronic parts, etc.

Specifications

Specifications

Applicable series
Bearing type
Bore size (mm)

MGPM
Slide bearing
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
Rubber bumper
Without cushion

Applicable series
Bearing type
Bore size (mm)
Stroke (mm)

12
16
10 to 250

MGPL
Ball bushing bearing
20
25
32
40
50
20 to 400
25 to 400

MGPMR
MGPMV
Specifications other than above are the same as standard, basic style.

Specifications other than above are the same as standard, basic style.

How to Order

How to Order

Cushion

MGPM Bore size

M9A(V)L

Stroke

MGPL Bore size

Stroke

Water resistant 2-color


indication solid state switch

Thread type
Nil
N
TF

12

Rc
NPT
G

Thread type

Water resistant cylinder

Clean room specifications

R
V

12
13

NBR seals (Nitrile rubber)


FKM seals (Fluororubber)

Relief port type


Vacuum port type

Nil
N
TF

Stainless steel parts are available as made-to-order products.


Piston rod and guide rod are made of stainless steel.

Dimensions

63

M5 x 0.8
Rc
NPT
G

For bore sizes 12 and 16,


M5 x 0.8 is only available.

Dimensions

M5 x 0.8
Relief port (Vacuum port)

MGJ

FB
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

10
FB
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

(mm)
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

A
Over 50 st
to 200 st
97.5
99
114
114
129
129
148
166

50 st
or less
66
67.5
109
109
117.5
117.5
121
141

MGP

Over
200 st
135
136
152
152
172
172
199
207

FB

66
67.5
71.5
78
83
88
102.5
120

19
20
22
22
23
23
24
29

MGQ
MGG
(mm)

Bore size
(mm)
12
16
20
25

30 st
or less
56
62
76
82.5

A
Over 30 st Over 100 st
to 100 st
to 200 st
68
78
93
98.5

98
108
117
117.5

Over
200 st
98
108
135
135

FB

55
59
66
66.5

18
18
19
19

Other dimensions are the same as standard type.

(mm)

2. Copper and fluorine-free (For CRT manufacturing process)


To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT
manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used
in the component parts.

Specifications
Applicable series
Bearing type
Bore size (mm)

MGPM
MGPL
Slide bearing
Ball bushing bearing
12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Bore size
(mm)
32
40
50
63

50 st
or less
93
93
104
104

A
Over 50 st Over 100 st
to 100 st
to 200 st
110
130
110
130
125
145
125
145

Over
200 st
152
152
172
172

FB

71.5
78
83
88

22
22
23
23

MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

Other dimensions are the same as standard products.

Specifications and dimensions other than above are the same as the standard,
basic style.

How to Order

20

MGP M

Stroke

Bore size

D-

Bearing type

Thread type

M
L

Nil

Slide bearing
Ball bushing bearing

Copper and fluorine-free

N
TF

-X

M5 x 0.8
Rc
NPT
G

Individual
-X

For bore sizes 12 and 16,


M5 x 0.8 is only available.

283

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 284

Series MGP
Construction/Series MGPM
MGPM12 to 25
8

26

MGPM32 to 100

19

18

17

15

26

24

10

11

27

11

25

14

22

13

16

19

18

17

15

10

24

11

27

11

13

14

22

25

16

50 stroke or less

23

12, 16 50 stroke or less

63 or more

12, 16 Over 50 stroke

20, 25 Over 50 stroke

50 or more

Component Parts
No.
Description
1 Body
2 Piston
3

Piston rod

Collar

Bushing

Head cover

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Guide rod
Plate
Plate mounting bolt
Guide bolt
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
Bumper A
Bumper B
Magnet
Plug
16
Hexagon socket head cap plug
17 Slide Bearing

284

Component Parts

Material
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Carbon steel
Aluminum bearing alloy
Aluminum alloy casted
Babbitt
Aluminum alloy
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon tool steel
Carbon tool steel
Urethane
Urethane

Note
Hard anodized
Chromated
12 to 25
32 to 100 Hard chrome plated
12 to 40
Clear anodized
50 to 100
Painted
50 to 100
12 to 63
Chromated
80 to 100
Painted
Hard chrome plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Phosphate coated
Phosphate coated

Carbon steel
Babbitt

12, 16
20 to 100

Nickel plated

No.
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Description
Felt
Holder
Ball bushing
Spacer
Steel ball
Plug
Piston seal
Rod seal
Gasket A
Gasket B

Material
Felt
Resin

Note

Aluminum alloy
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
NBR
NBR
NBR
NBR

12 to 50
63 to 100

Nickel plated

Replacement Parts: Seal Kit


Bore size
(mm)

Kit no.

Contents

Bore size
(mm)

Kit no.

Contents

12
16
20
25
32

MGP12-PS
MGP16-PS
MGP20-PS
MGP25-PS
MGP32-PS

Set of
nos.
above
24 , 25 ,
26 , 27

40
50
63
80
100

MGP40-PS
MGP50-PS
MGP63-PS
MGP80-PS
MGP100-PS

Set of
nos.
above
24 , 25 ,
26 , 27

Seal kit includes 24 to 27 . Order the seal kit, based on each bore size.
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 285

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Construction/Series MGPL
MGPL12 to 25

MGPL32 to 100
12

12

20

20

30 stroke or less
63 or more

12, 16 30 stroke or less

MGJ
MGP
12, 16 Over 30 stroke

MGQ

50 or more

MGG
MGC

21
20, 25 Over 100 stroke

MGF
32 to 63 Over 100 stroke

21

MGZ
MGT

D-
-X
Individual
-X

285

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 286

Series MGP
MGPM, MGPL: 12 to 25
4 x YY depth YL

T-slot dimensions

XA H7 depth 6

X0.02

T-slot dimensions
b
c
d
7.4
3.7
2
7.4
3.7
2.5
8.4
4.5
2.8
8.4
4.5
3

a
4.4
4.4
5.4
5.4

12
16
20
25

XA H7

d
(mm)

Bore size
(mm)

XB

XA H7

c
e

e
6.2
6.7
7.8
8.2

6
WB

Detailed figure of section XX

Section XX
WA
3

Bottom view
12, 16
4 x NN through
Z

Section XX

4 x MM depth ML

4 x OA through
4 x OB counterbore depth OL

WA

Section XX

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt


VB
VA
H

X 0.02

PW

X
U

DA
DB

X0.02

T
R

(OL)

GA

XA H7 depth 6

PA + Stroke
FA FB
C + Stroke
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

Q
S

Bore size
PA PB PW
(mm)
12
16
20
25

13
8
15 10
12.5 10.5
12.5 13.5

18
19
25
30

DA FA FB

6
29
8
33
10
37
37.5 12




HA

MM

ML

NN

11
11
10.5
11.5

7.5
8
8.5
9

58
64
83
93

M4
M4
M5
M5

13
15
18
21

13
15
18
21

18
22
24
30

M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0

10
12
13
15

M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0

26
30
36
42

VA VB

14
16
18
26

48
54
70
78

22
25
30
38

56
62
81
91

41
46
54
64

50
56
72
82

WA
30 st or less

37
38
44
50

20
24
24
24

40
44
44
44

12
16
20
25

286

42
46
53
53.5

A
Over 50 st Over 100 st
to 100 st
to 200 st

60.5
64.5
84.5
85

85
95
84.5
85

Over 200 st

85
95
122
122

DB
8
10
12
16

0
0
0
0

Over 50 st Over 100 st


to 100 st
to 200 st

18.5
18.5
31.5
31.5

43
49
31.5
31.5

4.3
4.3
5.4
5.4

8
8
9.5
9.5

4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5

Over 300 st 30 st or less

300
300

15
17
29
29

Over 30 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

25
27
39
39

60
60
77
77

105
105
117
117

Over 300 st

167
167

23
24
28
34

P
Nil
N

M5 x 0.8

M5 x 0.8
Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8
Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8
XA XB
3
3
3
4

3.5
3.5
3.5
4.5

TF

G 1/8
G 1/8

YY

YL

M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M6 x 1.0

10
10
12
12

5
5
17
17

110
110
120
120

200
200
200
200

(mm)

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions (mm)

E
50 st or less

OA OB OL

WB

Over 30 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm) 50 st or less

For bore sizes with 12 and 16 only, M5 x 0.8 is available.


Rc, NPT, G port can be selected for bore sizes with 20 or
more. (Refer to page 272.)
(mm)

GA GB

5
5
6
6

K
G

8
8
10
10

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


C

PB

2xP
(Plug)

For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes,


refer to Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 273.

Bore size Standard stroke


B
(mm)
(mm)
12
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 42
125, 150, 175, 200, 250 46
16
20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 53
20
125, 150, 175, 200
25
53.5
250, 300, 350, 400

XAH7 depth 6

2xP

GB

Over 200 st

43
49
69
68.5

Bore size
(mm) 30 st or less
12
43
16
49
20
63
25
69.5

A
Over 30 st Over 100 st
to 100 st
to 200 st

55
65
80
85.5

85
95
104
104.5

Over 200 st

85
95
122
122

DB
6
8
10
13

E
30 st or less

1
3
10
16

Over 30 st Over 100 st


to 100 st
to 200 st

13
19
27
32

43
49
51
51

Over 200 st

43
49
69
68.5

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 287

Series MGP

Compact Guide Cylinder

MGPM, MGPL: 32 to 63
4 x YY depth YL
XA H7 depth XL

T-slot dimensions

X 0.02

XB

XA H7

(mm)
Bore size
(mm)

XC

XA H7

WB

Detailed figure of XX section

a
6.5
6.5
8.5
11

32
40
50
63

XL
Section XX
WA

T-slot dimensions
b
c
d
10.5
5.5
3.5
10.5
5.5
4
13.5
7.5
4.5
17.8 10
7

e
9.5
11
13.5
18.5

Bottom view
4 x OA through

4 x NN through
Section XX

WA

4 x MM depth ML
L

4 x OB counterbore depth OL

Section XX

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt


VB
VA
H

X 0.02

PW

X
U

DA

X 0.02

(OL)

MGJ
MGP

DB

MGQ

XA H7 depth

MGG

GA

XA H7 depth

2xP

GB

2xP
(Plug)

PA + Stroke

C + Stroke

FA FB

XL

PB
K

MGF

B + Stroke

MGZ

A + Stroke

MGT

For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes,


refer to Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 273.

Choice of Rc, NPT, G port is possible. (Refer to page 272.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


Bore size Standard stroke
(mm)
(mm)
32
25, 50, 75
40
100, 125, 150
175, 200, 250
50
300, 350, 400
63

59.5
66
72
77

Bore size
PA PB PW
(mm)

32
40
50
63

7 15 35.5
13 18 39.5
9 21.5 47
14 28 58

(mm)

DA FA FB

GA GB

HA

MM

ML

NN

37.5
44
44
49

16
16
20
20

12
12
16
16

10
10
12
12

48
54
64
78

12.5 9
14 10
14 11
16.5 13.5

112
120
148
162

M6
M6
M8
M10

24
27
32
39

24
27
32
39

34
40
46
58

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

20
20
22
22

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

VA VB

30 96 44 110 78 98 63
30 104 44 118 86 106 72
40 130 60 146 110 130 92
50 130 70 158 124 142 110

WA
25 st or less

48
48
48
52

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions

(mm)

A
Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st

102
102
118
118

140
140
161
161

DB
20
20
25
25

E
50 st or less

Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st

37.5
31
34.5
29.5

42.5
36
46
41

80.5
74
89
84

124
124
124
128

OA OB OL

WB

Over 25 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

24
24
24
28

Bore size
(mm) 50 st or less
32
97
40
97
50
106.5
63
106.5

MGC

200
200
200
200

Over 300 st 25 st or less

300
300
300
300

33
34
36
38

Over 25 st Over 100 st Over 200 st


to 100 st to 200 st to 300 st

45
46
48
50

83
84
86
88

121
122
124
124

Over 300 st

171
172
174
174

6.6
6.6
8.6
8.6
X
42
50
66
80

11
11
14
14

7.5
7.5
9
9

Nil
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4

P
N
NPT 1/8
NPT 1/8
NPT 1/4
NPT1/4
YY

YL

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

16
16
20
20

21
22
24
24

XA XB XC XL
4
4
5
5

4.5
4.5
6
6

3
3
4
4

6
6
8
8

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm) 50 st or less
32
81
40
81
50
93
63
93

A
Over50 st
to 100 st

Over 100 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st

98
98
114
114

118
118
134
134

140
140
161
161

DB
16
16
20
20

TF
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4

D-

(mm)

-X

E
50 st or less

Over 50 st
to 100 st

Over 100 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st

21.5
15
21
16

38.5
32
42
37

58.5
52
62
57

80.5
74
89
84

287

Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 288

Series MGP
MGPM, MGPL: 80, 100
4 x YY depth YL
6 H7 depth 10

T-slot dimensions

6 H7

X0.02

c d
e

(mm)
Bore size
(mm)

6 H7

10

a
13.3
15.3

80
100

Section XX

Detailed figure of section XX

T-slot dimensions
d
c
b
8
20.3 12
10
23.3 13.5

e
22.5
30

WB
Z

WA

Bottom view

4 x NN through
Section XX

4 x OA through
4 x OB counterbore depth 8

WA

4 x MM depth ML
L

Section XX

VA

VB

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X 0.02

DB

PW

X
U

DA

X 0.02

(8)

GC

6 H7 depth 10

6 H7 depth 10

2xP
GB

GA
PA + Stroke
Q
S

10
JA
J

JB

C + Stroke

FA FB

PB

2xP
(Plug)

B + Stroke
A + Stroke

K
G

For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes,


refer to Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 273.

Choice of Rc, NPT, G port is possible. (Refer to page 272.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


Bore size Standard stroke
(mm)
(mm)
80
100

Bore size
PA PB PW
(mm)
80
100

25, 50, 75, 100


96.5 56.5
125, 150, 175, 200
250, 300, 350, 400 116 66

14.5 25.5 74
17.5 32.5 89

DA FA FB

GA GB GC

288

HA

JA

JB

L
54
62

25
30

22
25

18 91.5 19 15.5 14.5 202 M12 45.5 38 7.5 46


25 111.5 23 19 18 240 M14 55.5 45 10.5 56

VA VB

52 174 75 198 156 180 140


64 210 90 236 188 210 166

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm) 50 st or less
80
115
100
137

(mm)

A
Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st

142
162

193
203

DB
30
36

P
MM
ML
NN
OA OB
Nil
N
TF
M12 x 1.75 25 M12 x 1.75 10.6 17.5 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8 G 3/8
M14 x 2.0 31 M14 x 2.0 12.5 20 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8 G 3/8

WA

WB

25 st or less

Over 25 st
to 100 st

Over 100 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st
to 300 st

28
48

52
72

128
148

200
220

(mm)

E
50 st or less

Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st

18.5
21

45.5
46

96.5
87

Over 300 st 25 st or less

300
320

Over 25 st
to 100 st

Over 100 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st
to 300 st

Over 300 st

54
47

92
85

128
121

178
171

42
35

YY

100 M12 x 1.75


124 M14 x 2.0

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)
25 st or less
80
109.5
100
121

A
Over 25 st
to 50 st

Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st

130
147

160
180

193
203

DB
25
30

YL

24
28

28
11
(mm)

E
25 st or less

Over 25 st
to 50 st

Over 50 st
to 200 st

Over 200 st

13
5

33.5
31

63.5
64

96.5
87

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 289

Compact Guide Cylinder/With Air Cushion


Series MGP

16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

 Stroke Variations
Bearing type

MGPM
Slide bearing

MGPL
Ball bushing
bearing

Bore size
(mm)

16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Stroke (mm)

25








50










75










100










125










150










175










Intermediate stroke

200










250










300

350

400




























D-
Strokes available
by the 1 mm interval
by changing the collar.

-X
Individual
-X

289

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 290

Compact Guide Cylinder/With Air Cushion

Series MGP

16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

How to Order

MGP M 32

Compact Guide Cylinder

50 A M9BW
Made to Order Specification
For details, refer to page 291.

Compact Guide Cylinder

Number of auto switches

Bearing type
M
L

Slide bearing
Ball bushing bearing

Nil

S
n

Bore size
16
20
25
32
40

Auto switch

50 50 mm
63 63 mm
80 80 mm
100 100 mm

16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm

Nil

N
TF

Without auto switch


(Built-in magnet)

For the applicable auto switch model,


refer to the table below.

With air cushion

Thread type
Nil

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

M5 x 0.8
Rc
NPT
G

Cylinder stroke (mm)


Refer to Standard Stroke on page 291.

For bore sizes 16,


M5 x 0.8 is only
available.

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Water resistant
(2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

Electrical
entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
Grommet Yes
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
2-wire (Non-polar)
3-wire
Yes (NPN equivalent)
Grommet
2-wire
No

Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m


1 m
3 m
5 m

Nil
M
L
Z

Auto switch model

Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

DC

AC

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA
P4DW

5V,12V
12V
5V,12V
24V

12V
5V,12V
12V

24V

(Example) M9NW
(Example) M9NWM
(Example) M9NWL
(Example) M9NWZ

Pre-wired





















































Applicable load
IC
circuit

IC
circuit

IC
circuit

Relay,
PLC

IC

circuit
100V

 

A93
Relay,
A93V
12V
100V or less A90V
 

IC circuit PLC
A90
Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
D-P4DW type can be mounted on bore sizes 32 to 100.
5V

A96V

Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785.
Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

290

Lead wire length (m)

0.5 1 3 5 connector
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

A96

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 291

Compact Guide Cylinder


With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Specifications
16

Bore size

20

25

Action

32

40

50

63

80 100

Double acting

Fluid

Air
1.5 MPa

Proof pressure

1.0 MPa

Maximum operating pressure


Minimum operating pressure
Ambient and fluid temperature

0.15 MPa

0.12 MPa
10 to 60C (No freezing)

Piston speed
Cushion

50 to 500 mm/s
50 to 400 mm/s
Air cushion on both ends (Without bumper)

Lubrication

Not required (Non-lube)


+1.5
0

Stroke length tolerance

(mm)

Standard Stroke
Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)


25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400
50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

16
20 to 63
80, 100

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke


Made to Order Specifications
(For details, refer to pages 1829 to 2021.)
Symbol

Specifications

XC19 Intermediate stroke (Spacer type)


XC79 Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally.
X144 Symmetrical port position

Description
Part no.
Applicable stroke
(mm)

X867 Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Suffix -XC19 to the end of standard part number.


16

MGJ

15 to 249

20 to 63

15 to 399

80, 100

20 to 399

MGP

Model: MGPM20-35A-XC19
A collar 15 mm in width is installed in a MGPM20-50A C dimension is 112 mm.

Example

Intermediate strokes by the 1 mm interval are available by replacing collars of a


standard stroke cylinder.
Minimum manufacturable stroke
16 to 63: 15 mm
80, 100: 20 mm
Select a rubber bumper type, because the cushion effect is not obtainable for less
than this stroke.

Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders


with auto switches.

Note) Intermediate stroke (by the 1 mm interval) based on an exclusive body will be available upon
request for special.

Minimum auto switch mounting stroke


Proper auto switch mounting position
(detection at stroke end) and mounting height
Operating range
Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Theoretical Output
IN(N)

(N)

16

20

10

25
32
40
50
63

12
16
16
20
20

80

25

100

30

MGG
MGC

OUT(N)

Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area


(mm)
(mm) direction
(mm2)

MGQ

Operating pressure (MPa)


0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

OUT

201

40

60

80

101

121

141

161

181

201

IN

151

30

45

60

76

91

106

121

136

151

OUT

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

IN

236

47

71

94

118

142

165

189

212

236

OUT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

IN

378

76

113

151

189

227

265

302

340

378

OUT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

IN

603

121

181

241

302

362

422

482

543

603

OUT

1257

251

377

503

629

754

880 1006 1131 1257

634

739

845

MGF
MGZ
MGT

950 1056

IN

1056

211

317

422

528

OUT

1963

393

589

785

982 1178

1374 1570 1767 1963

660

825

IN

1649

330

495

990

1154 1319 1484 1649

OUT

3117

623

935 1247 1559 1870

2182 2494 2805 3117

IN

2803

561

841 1121 1402 1682

1962 2242 2523 2803

OUT

5027

1005 1508 2011 2514 3016

3519 4022 4524 5027

IN

4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2722

3175 3629 4082 4536

OUT

7854

1571 2356 3142 3927 4712

5498 6283 7069 7854

IN

7147

1429 2144 2859 3574 4288

5003 5718 6432 7147

D-
-X
Individual
-X

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

291

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 292

Series MGP
Mass
Slide bearing: MGPM16 to 100

(kg)
Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size
(mm)

Model

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

16

MGPM16

0.51

0.69

0.78

0.91

1.07

1.20

1.32

1.45

1.70

20

MGPM20

0.89

1.14

1.34

1.54

1.74

1.94

2.13

2.33

2.80

3.20

3.59

3.99

25

MGPM25

1.23

1.60

1.87

2.14

2.41

2.68

2.95

3.23

3.89

4.43

4.97

5.51

32

MGPM32

1.98

2.51

2.77

3.15

3.53

3.91

4.29

4.68

5.63

6.39

7.15

7.92

40

MGPM40

2.34

2.91

3.21

3.64

4.06

4.49

4.92

5.34

6.38

7.23

8.09

8.94

50

MGPM50

3.92

4.75

5.29

5.93

6.57

7.21

7.85

8.49

10.1

11.4

12.7

13.9

63

MGPM63

4.94

5.89

6.54

7.29

8.05

8.81

9.56

10.3

12.2

13.7

15.2

16.7

80

MGPM80

9.64

10.6

11.5

12.5

13.4

14.3

16.8

18.7

20.5

22.4

MGPM100

8.98

100

14.2

15.1

16.5

17.8

19.1

20.5

21.8

25.1

27.8

30.4

33.1

Ball bushing bearing: MGPL16 to 100


Bore size
(mm)

Model

16

400

(kg)
Standard stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

MGPL16

0.56

0.66

0.78

0.89

1.03

1.15

1.26

1.38

1.61

400

20

MGPL20

0.97

1.12

1.30

1.47

1.68

1.85

2.03

2.20

2.57

2.92

3.27

3.62

25

MGPL25

1.34

1.54

1.78

1.96

2.19

2.46

2.69

2.92

3.33

3.83

4.30

4.76

32

MGPL32

1.81

2.34

2.57

2.88

3.26

3.58

3.89

4.21

4.91

5.54

6.17

6.80

40

MGPL40

2.15

2.73

3.01

3.36

3.78

4.14

4.50

4.86

5.65

6.37

7.08

7.80

50

MGPL50

3.65

4.47

4.95

5.49

6.14

6.69

7.24

7.79

9.02

10.1

11.2

12.3

63

MGPL63

4.66

5.60

6.20

6.85

7.61

8.28

8.95

9.61

11.1

12.4

13.7

15.1

80

MGPL80

8.88

9.63

10.5

11.3

12.1

12.9

13.7

15.6

17.3

18.9

20.5

100

MGPL100

13.7

14.9

16.1

17.2

18.4

19.6

20.8

23.4

25.7

28.1

30.4

Non-rotating Accuracy
of Plate

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate (Air Cushion)


Torque: T (Nm)

T (N m)
Bore size Bearing
type
(mm)
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

292

Stroke

For non-rotating accuracy without load,


use a value no more than the values in the
table as a guide.
Bore size Non-rotating accuracy
(mm)
MGPM
MGPL

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

400

MGPM

0.53

0.84

0.69

0.58

0.50

0.44

0.40

0.36

0.30

MGPL

1.27

0.86

0.65

0.52

0.43

0.37

0.32

0.28

0.23

16

MGPM

0.99

2.23

1.88

1.63

1.44

1.28

1.16

1.06

0.90

0.78

0.69

0.62

20

MGPL

2.66

1.94

1.52

1.57

1.34

1.17

1.03

0.93

0.76

0.65

0.56

0.49

25

MGPM

1.64

3.51

2.96

2.57

2.26

2.02

1.83

1.67

1.42

1.24

1.09

0.98

32

MGPL

4.08

3.02

2.38

2.41

2.05

1.78

1.58

1.41

1.16

0.98

0.85

0.74

40

MGPM

6.35

6.64

5.69

4.97

4.42

3.98

3.61

3.31

2.84

2.48

2.20

1.98

50

MGPL

5.95

5.89

5.11

6.99

6.34

5.79

5.33

4.93

4.29

3.78

3.38

3.04

63

MGPM

7.00

7.32

6.27

5.48

4.87

4.38

3.98

3.65

3.13

2.74

2.43

2.19

80

MGPL

6.55

6.49

5.62

7.70

6.98

6.38

5.87

5.43

4.72

4.16

3.71

3.35

100

MGPM

13.0

13.8

12.0

10.6

9.50

8.60

7.86

7.24

6.24

5.49

4.90

4.43

MGPL

9.17

11.2

9.80

12.8

11.6

10.7

9.80

9.10

7.95

7.02

6.26

5.63

MGPM

14.7

15.6

13.5

11.9

10.7

9.69

8.86

8.16

7.04

6.19

5.52

4.99

MGPL

10.2

12.5

11.0

14.3

13.0

11.9

11.0

10.2

8.84

7.80

6.64

6.24

MGPM

26.0

22.9

20.5

18.6

17.0

15.6

14.5

12.6

11.2

10.0

9.11

MGPL

25.2

22.7

20.6

18.9

17.3

16.0

14.8

12.9

11.3

10.0

8.94

MGPM

41.9

37.5

33.8

30.9

28.4

26.2

24.4

21.4

19.1

17.2

15.7

41.7

37.9

34.6

31.8

29.3

27.2

25.3

22.1

19.5

17.3

15.5

MGPL

0.08

0.10

0.07

0.09

0.06

0.08

0.05

0.06

0.04

0.05

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 293

Compact Guide Cylinder/With Air Cushion


Series MGP

Model Selection
Selection Conditions
Vertical

Horizontal

l
l
l
m

Mounting orientation
m

Maximum speed (mm/s)

200 or less

400

200 or less

400

Graph (Slide bearing type)

(1), (2)
(5) to (9)

(3), (4)
(10) to (14)

(15), (16)
(19), (20)

(17), (18)
(21), (22)

Graph (Ball bushing bearing type)

Selection Example 1 (Vertical Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions
Mounting: Vertical
Bearing type: Ball bushing
Stroke: 75 stroke
Maximum speed: 200 mm/s
Load mass: 7 kg
Eccentric distance: 70 mm
Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 7 kg and the eccentric
distance of 70 mm on graph (5), based on vertical mounting, ball bushing,
75 mm stroke, and the speed of 200 mm/s.
MGPL25-75A is selected.

Selection conditions
Mounting: Horizontal
Bearing type: Slide bearing
Distance between plate and load center of gravity: 40 mm
Maximum speed: 400 mm/s
Load mass: 8 kg
Stroke: 100 stroke
Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 8 kg and 100 stroke on
graph (17), based on horizontal mounting, slide bearing, the distance of 40 mm
between the plate and load center of gravity, and the speed of 400 mm/s.
MGPM32-100A is selected.

(5) 75 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(17) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s

20

25

10

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

10

20

16

MGF

40
32

MGZ

25

MGT

5
25
20

20
16

16
1

D-

0.1
10

MGQ

MGC

50,63
40
32

MGP

MGG

100
80
50,63

50

MGJ

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

10

20 25 26

50

100

200

-X

Stroke (mm)

. When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s
by the coefficient listed in the table below.
Maximum Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s Up to 500 mm/s
Coefficient
1.7
1
0.6

293

Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 294

Series MGP
Operating pressure 0.4 MPa
Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Slide Bearing)


MGPM16 to 100

(1) 25 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(2) Over 25 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

300
200

100

300
100

200

80

100
80

100

63

63
50

50
40
32

10

50

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

40
32

25

10

25

20

20
5

5
16

16

0.5

0.5
10

50

100

10

200

50

(3) 25 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

(4) Over 25 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

300

300
100

200

100

200

80

80

100

100
63

50

63
50

50

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

Eccentric distance l (mm)

40

32
10

50
40

32

10

25

25

5
20

20

16

16

0.5

0.5
10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

294

100

200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 295

Compact Guide Cylinder


With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa


Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Ball Bushing)


MGPL16 to 25

(5) 75 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(6) Over 75 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less


20

10

25

20

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

20

16

10

25

20
16

1
10

50

100

200

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

(7) 25 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(8) Over 25 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

100

100
63

63
50

50
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

40
32

50

MGJ

40

MGP

32

MGQ
MGG

10

10

MGC
5
10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

5
10

50

100

MGF

200

MGZ

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGT

MGPL80, 100

(7) V = 200 mm/s or less

Load mass m (kg)

200

100
80

100

50

D-
-X

10
10

50

100

200

Individual
-X

Eccentric distance l (mm)

295

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 296

Series MGP
Vertical Mounting (Ball Bushing)

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa

MGPL16 to 25

(10) 75 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

(11) Over 75 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

25

25

20
20
16
1

16

1
10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l (mm)

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

(13) Over 25 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

(12) 25 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

50

50
63

63

10

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50
40

32

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)

40

5
32

(14) V = 400 mm/s


200

100

100

80

50

10
10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l (mm)

MGPL80, 100

Load mass m (kg)

10

296

50

200

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 297

Compact Guide Cylinder


With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Horizontal Mounting (Slide Bearing)


MGPM16 to 100

(15) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(16) l = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

100

50

50,63

50

80

100

50,63

80
50,63

32,40
50,63

32,40
25

10

32,40

32,40

10

25
20

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

20
5
25
16

20

16
1

20
16

0.1

16

25

MGJ

0.1
10

20

25

26

50

100

200

10

20

Stroke (mm)

MGG

50,63

80

40

50,63

32,40

10

Load mass m (kg)

5
20
16

16
1

MGC
MGF

40

25
Load mass m (kg)

MGQ
100

10

20

200

50

32

25

100

MGP

80

50,63

40
32

50

(18) l = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s

100

50,63

26

Stroke (mm)

(17) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s


50

25

32

MGZ

25

MGT

5
20
16

25
20

16

D-
0.1

-X

0.1
10

20 25

26

Stroke (mm)

50

100

200

10

20

25 26

50

100

200

Stroke (mm)

297

Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 298

Series MGP
Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing)
(19) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(20) l = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

MGPL16 to 25
10

MGPL16 to 25
10

25
25

20

25
20

25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

5
16

20
20

16

16

16

1
20

50

75 76 100

200

20

50

Stroke (mm)

75 76 100

200

Stroke (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

MGPL32 to 63

30

30

50,63

20

50,63
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

20

32,40
50,63

32,40

32,40

10

50,63
50,63

32,40
10 50,63

32,40

32,40

5
20 25 26

50

75 76 100

200

20 25 26

Stroke (mm)

200

100

200

MGPL80, 100

50

50

40

100

40

30

80

30
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

75 76 100

Stroke (mm)

MGPL80, 100

20

10

100

80
20

10

5
20

50
Stroke (mm)

298

50

100

200

20

50
Stroke (mm)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 299

Compact Guide Cylinder


With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing)


(21) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s

(22) l = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s

MGPL16 to 25

MGPL16 to 25

10

10

25

25

5
20

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

25

20

16

25

5
20

20

16

16
16
1

1
20

50

75 76 100

200

20

50

Stroke (mm)

200

Stroke (mm)

MGPL32 to 63

MGPL32 to 63

30

30

20

50,63

50,63

Load mass m (kg)

20
Load mass m (kg)

75 76 100

50,63
32,40

32,40

32,40

10

MGJ
50,63

MGP

50,63
32,40
10 50,63

MGQ

32,40

MGG
32,40

MGC
5

MGF

5
20 25 26

50

75 76 100

200

20 25 26

Stroke (mm)

75 76 100

200

MGZ

Stroke (mm)

MGPL80, 100

MGT

MGPL80, 100

50

50

40

40

100

30

100

30

80
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

20

10

80
20

10

D-
5

-X

5
20

50
Stroke (mm)

100

200

20

50

100

200

Stroke (mm)

299

Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 300

Series MGP
Operating Range when Used as Stopper
Bore size 16 to 25/MGPM16 to 25 (Slide bearing)

100
25

When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be


sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Caution
Caution on handling

Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

l 50 mm

l 50 mm

MGPM16 to 25 (Slide bearing)

Note 1) When using as a stopper, select a model


with 25 stroke or less.
Note 2) Model MGPL (Ball bushing bearing)
cannot be used as a stopper.

50
40

20

30

16

20

10

5
4
3
2

20

10

30

40

50

30

40

50

Transfer speed: (m/min)

Bore Size 32 to 100/MGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing)


MGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing)
2000

When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be


sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Caution
Caution on handling
Note 1) When using as a stopper, select a model
with 50 stroke or less.
Note 2) Model MGPL (Ball bushing bearing)
cannot be used as a stopper.

100
1000
Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

l 50 mm

l 50 mm

80
63

500
400

50

300
40

200

32
100

50
40
30

10

20
Transfer speed: (m/min)

300

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 301

Compact Guide Cylinder


With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT Manufacturing Process)


To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts.

How to Order

Specifications
Applicable series
Bearing type
Bore size
(mm)

MGPM
Slide bearing

MGPL
Ball bushing bearing

20

MGP M Bore size

Stroke

With air cushion

16, 20, 25, 32, 40,


50, 63, 80, 100

Thread type

Specifications and dimensions other than above are the same as the standard
basic style.

Nil
N
TF

M5 x 0.8
Rc
NPT
G

For bore size 16, M5 x 0.8


is only available.

Bearing type
M
L

Slide bearing
Ball bushing bearing

Copper and fluorine-free

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

D-
-X
Individual
-X

301

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 302

Series MGP
Series MGPM/Construction (With air cushion)
MGPM16 to 25
10

MGPM32 to 100
13

10

11

28

29

28

30

11

31

27

11

11

27

2
9

29 17 16

15

26

20 1

28

24

28

17 18

15

13 7

26

20

4
24

14

14

25 stroke

22

21

30

23

23
21
22

Cushion valve section


Cushion valve section
16: 25 stroke

25

16: 50 stroke or more


63 or more

20, 25: 50 stroke or more


50 or more

Component Parts

Component Parts
No.
Description
1 Body
2 Piston
3

Piston rod

Collar

Bushing

Head cover

7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Guide rod
Plate
Plate mounting bolt
Guide bolt
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
Magnet
Plug
Hexagon socket head cap plug
Slide Bearing
Felt
Holder
Ball bushing
Spacer

14
15
16
17
18
19

302

Material
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Carbon steel
Aluminum alloy

Note
Hard anodized
Chromated
16 to 25
32 to 100 Hard chrome plated
16 to 63 Clear anodized
Painted
80, 100

Babbitt
Aluminum alloy
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon tool steel
Carbon tool steel

16 to 25 Clear anodized
32 to 100
Painted
Hard chrome plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Phosphate coated
Phosphate coated

Carbon steel
Babbitt
Felt
Resin
Aluminum alloy

16
20 to 100

Nickel plated

No.
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Description
Wear ring
Cushion valve
Gasket
Retaining ring
Steel ball
Plug
Piston seal
Rod seal
Cushion seal
Gasket A
Gasket B
Gasket C

Material
Resin
Steel
NBR
Carbon tool steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
NBR
NBR
Urethane
NBR
NBR
NBR

Note

Except 16
16 to 50
63 to 100 Nickel plated

Replacement Parts: Seal Kit


Bore size
(mm)

16
20
25
32
40

Kit no.

Contents

Bore size
(mm)

Kit no.

Contents

50
MGP16-A-PS
MGP50-A-PS Set of nos.
above
63
MGP20-A-PS Set of nos.
MGP63-A-PS
above
26 , 27 , 28 ,
80
MGP25-A-PS 26 , 27 , 28 ,
MGP80-A-PS
29 , 30 , 31
100
MGP32-A-PS 29 , 30 , 31
MGP100-A-PS
MGP40-A-PS
* Seal kit includes 26 to 31. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size.
* Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 303

Compact Guide Cylinder


With Air Cushion

Series MGP

Series MGPL/Construction (With Air Cushion)


MGPL16 to 25

MGPL32 to 100
12

12

18

18

63 or more

20,25: 75 stroke or less

MGJ
MGP
19

MGQ

50 or more

20,25: 100 stroke or more

MGG
MGC
MGF
32 to 63: 100 stroke or more

19

MGZ
MGT

D-
-X
Individual
-X

303

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 304

Series MGP
MGPM, MGPL (With Air Cushion): 16 to 25
T-slot dimensions

4 x YY depth YL

a
c d
e

X 0.02

XAH7

XAH7 depth 6

(mm)

XB

Bore size
(mm)

a
4.4
5.4
5.4

16
20
25

XAH7

6
WB

Detailed figure of section XX

T-slot dimensions
d
c
b
2.5
3.7
7.4
2.8
4.5
8.4
4.5
3
8.4

e
6.7
7.8
8.2

Section XX
WA

Bottom view

16
2 x cushion valve
(Width across flats CV)
4 x NN through
Section XX

4 x OA through
4 x OB counterbore depth OL

WA

4 x MM depth ML
L

Section XX

VB
VA
H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X 0.02

DB

PW

X
U

DA

X 0.02

T
R

(OL)

XAH7 depth 6

2xP

GA
Q
S

FA FB

2xP
(Plug)

GB

PA + Stroke
C + Stroke
B + Stroke

XAH7 depth 6

PB
J

K
G

A + Stroke

Note 1) For the intermediate strokes, refer to Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 291.
Note 2) When adjusting the 16 cushion valve, use a 3 mm flat head watchmakers screwdriver.

For bore size wlth 16, M5 x 0.8 is only available.


Rc, NPT, G port can be selected for bore sizes
with 20 or more. (Refer to page 290.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)
16
20
25

Standard stroke
(mm)

CV DA FA FB

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 71 58


25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175 78 62 1.5
200, 250, 300, 350, 400
78.5 62.5 1.5

Bore size
PA PB PW
(mm)
16
20
25

40 10
19
37.5 10.5 25
37.5 13.5 30

(mm)

8
10
12

8
10
10

5
6
6

GA GB

HA

30 11 8
36 10.5 8.5
42 11.5 9

64
83
93

M4
M5
M5

15
18
21

15
18
21

22
24
30

WA
WB
X
75 st or less 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 st or more 75 st or less 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 st or more
38
24
110
200

27
60
105

44
44
300
167
28
120
200
39
77
117
44
50
300
167
34
120
200
39
77
117
44

VA VB

16
18
26

54
70
78

25
30
38

62
81
91

46
54
64

56
72
82

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)
25 st
16
71
20
78
25
78.5

304

A
50 st 75,100 st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

89.5
86.5
87

71
84.5
85

95
84.5
85

95
122
122

DB
10
12
16

(mm)

E
25 st

0
0
0

P
MM
ML
NN
OA OB OL
Nil
N
TF

4.5 M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8 12 M5 x 0.8 4.3 8
M5 x 0.8 13 M5 x 0.8 5.4 9.5 5.5 Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 G 1/8
M6 x 1.0 15 M6 x 1.0 5.4 9.5 5.5 Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 G 1/8

50 st 75,100 st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

18.5
8.5
8.5

0
6.5
6.5

24
6.5
6.5

24
44
43.5

XA XB
3
3
4

YY

3.5 M5 x 0.8
3.5 M6 x 1.0
4.5 M6 x 1.0

YL

10
12
12

5
17
17

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)
25 st
16
80
20
95
25
100.5

A
50, 75 st 100 st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

71
71
95
80
99
104
85.5 104.5 104.5

95
122
122

DB
8
10
13

(mm)

E
25st

50, 75st

9
17
22

0
2
7

100st 125 to 200st 250 st or more

0
21
26

24
26
26

24
44
43.5

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 305

Compact Guide Cylinder


With Air Cushion

Series MGP

MGPM, MGPL (With Air Cushion): 32 to 63


4 x YY depth YL

T-slot dimensions

(mm)

XB
XAH7

a
c d
e

X 0.02

XAH7

XAH7 depth XL

Bore size
(mm)
XL
WB

Detailed figure of section XX

a
6.5
6.5
8.5
11

32
40
50
63

XC

Section XX

T-slot dimensions
d
c
b
3.5
5.5
10.5
4
5.5
10.5
4.5
7.5
13.5
7
17.8 10

e
9.5
11
13.5
18.5

WA

Bottom view

2 x cushion valve (Width across flats CV)


4 x NN through
Section XX

4 x MM depth ML

4 x OA through
Z

WA

4 x OB counterbore depth OL

Section XX

MGJ

VA

VB

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X 0.02

X
PW

DA

X 0.02

T
R

(OL)

MGP

DB

MGQ

XAH7 depth XL

GA

2xP
(Plug)

PA + Stroke
FA FB

C + Stroke

PB
J

B + Stroke
A + Stroke

MGG

XAH7 depth XL

2xP

GB

MGC

K
G

MGF
MGZ

 Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected.


(Refer to page 290.)

For the intermediate strokes, refer to Manufacture of


Intermediate Stroke on page 291.

MGT

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

Standard stroke
(mm)

32
40
50
63

25, 50, 75, 100


125, 150, 175
200, 250, 300
350, 400

84.5
91
97
102
R

Bore size
PA PB PW
(mm)

(mm)

CV DA FA FB

GA GB

HA

MM

ML

NN

62.5
69
69
74

1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5

16
16
20
20

12
12
16
16

48
54
64
78

12.5 9
14 10
14 11
16.5 13.5

112
120
148
162

M6
M6
M8
M10

24
27
32
39

24
27
32
39

34
40
46
58

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

20
20
22
22

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

VA VB

10
10
12
12

30 96 44 110 78 98 63
30 104 44 118 86 106 72
40 130 60 146 110 130 92
50 130 70 158 124 142 110

75 st or less
48
48
48
52

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions

(mm)

32
40
50
63

32
38
34
39

15
18
21.5
28

35.5
39.5
47
58

WA
100 to 175 st 200, 250 st
124
200
124
200
124
200
128
200

WB
300 st or more 75 st or less 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st
300
45
83
121
300
46
84
122
300
48
86
124
300
50
88
124

300 st or more
171
172
174
174

X
42
50
66
80

OA OB OL
6.6
6.6
8.6
8.6

11
11
14
14

7.5
7.5
9
9

Nil
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4

4.5
4.5
6
6

3
3
4
4

6
6
8
8

TF
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4

YY

YL

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

16
16
20
20

21
22
24
24

XA XB XC XL
4
4
5
5

P
N
NPT 1/8
NPT 1/8
NPT 1/4
NPT 1/4

D-
Bore size
(mm)
25st
32
97
40
97
50
106.5
63
106.5

A
50st 75 to 200 st 250 st or more

127
127
131.5
131.5

102
102
118
118

140
140
161
161

DB
20
20
25
25

E
25st

50st 75 to 200 st 250 st or more

12.5
6
9.5
4.5

42.5
36
34.5
29.5

17.5
11
21
16

55.5
49
64
59

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)
25st
32
84.5
40
91
50
97
63
102

A
50st

75st

100st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

123
123
127.5
127.5

98
98
114
114

115.5
115.5
159
159

118
118
134
134

140
140
161
161

DB
16
16
20
20

(mm)

-X

E
25st

50st

75st

100st 125 to 200 st 250 st or more

0
0
0
0

38.5
32
30.5
25.5

13.5
7
17
12

31
24.5
62
57

33.5
27
37
32

55.5
49
64
59

305

Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 306

Series MGP
MGPM, MGPL (With Air Cushion): 80, 100
4 x YY depth YL

T-slot dimensions

6H7 depth 10

c
X 0.02

6 H7

d
e

(mm)
Bore size
(mm)

80
100

6H7

10

T-slot dimensions
d
c
b
8
20.3 12
10
23.3 13.5

a
13.3
15.3

e
22.5
30

Section XX

Detailed figure of section XX

WB
Z

WA

Bottom view

4 x OA through
4 x NN through
Z

Section XX

4 x MM depth ML

4 x OB counterbore depth 8

WA

Section XX

2 x cushion valve
(Width across flats 4)

VB
VA

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X 0.02

DB

PW

DA

X 0.02

(8)

6 H7 depth 10

GC
GA
Q

6 H7 depth 10

2xP
2xP
(Plug)

GB

PA + Stroke
FA FB

JB

C + Stroke

PB
10
JA
J

B + Stroke

K
G

A + Stroke

 Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected.


(Refer to page 290.)

For the intermediate strokes, refer to Manufacture


of Intermediate Stroke on page 291.

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions

(mm)

Bore size Standard stroke


B
C DA FA FB G GA GB GC H HA J JA JB K
(mm)
(mm)
50,75,100,125
80
121.5 81.5 25 22 18 91.5 19 15.5 14.5 202 M12 45.5 38 7.5 46
150,175,200,250
100
30 25 25 111.5 23 19 18 240 M14 55.5 45 10.5 56
141 91
300,350,400
Bore size
PA PB PW
(mm)
80
100

39.5 25.5 74
42.5 32.5 89

52
64

174
210

75
90

80
100

306

50 st
167
187

54
62

WA
WB
YY
YL
X
50, 75 st 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 st or more 50, 75 st 100 to 175 st 200, 250 st 300 st or more
54
198 156 180 140
52
128
200
300
92
128
178
100 M12 x 1.75 24
47
236 188 210 166
72
148
220
320
85
121
171
124 M14 x 2.0 28
T

VA VB

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

P
MM
ML
NN
OA OB
Nil
N
TF
M12 x 1.75 25 M12 x 1.75 10.6 17.5 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8 G 3/8
M14 x 2.0 31 M14 x 2.0 12.5 20 Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8 G 3/8

A
DB
75 to 200 st 250 st or more
142
193
30
162
203
36

50 st
45.5
46

(mm)

E
75 to 200 st 250 st or more
20.5
71.5
21
62

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)
80
100

50 st
168.5
178.5

A
DB
75 to 200 st 250 st or more
160
193
25
180
203
30

50 st
47
37.5

Z
28
11

(mm)

E
75 to 200 st 250 st or more
38.5
71.5
39
62

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 307

Compact Guide Cylinder/With End Lock


Series MGP

20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

 Stroke Variations
Bearing type

MGPM
Slide bearing

MGPL
Ball bushing
bearing

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Intermediate
stroke

Stroke (mm)

25









50









75









100









125









150









175









200









250









300









350









400









Spacer
installation type
Available by the
5 mm interval.

Locking
direction

Manual
release

Rod end
lock

Non-lock
type

Head end
lock

Lock
type

307

D-
-X
Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 308

Compact Guide Cylinder/With End Lock

Series MGP

20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100


How to Order

MGP M 32

Compact Guide Cylinder

100 H N M9BW
Made to Order
Specification

Compact Guide Cylinder

For details, refer to


page 309.

Bearing type
M
L

Slide bearing
Ball bushing bearing

Number of auto switches


Nil

Bore size

S
n

20 20 mm
25 25 mm
32 32 mm
40 40 mm
50 50 mm
63 63 mm
80 80 mm
100 100 mm

Auto switch
Nil

Without auto switch


(Built-in magnet)

For the applicable auto switch model,


refer to the table below.

Manual release type

Thread type
Nil
N
TF

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

N
L

Rc
NPT
G

Non-lock type
Lock type

Lock position
Cylinder stroke (mm)

H
R

Refer to Standard Stroke on page 309.

Head end lock


Rod end lock

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Water resistant
(2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

Electrical
entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
Grommet Yes
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
2-wire (Non-polar)
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
Grommet Yes
2-wire
No

Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil


1 m M
3 m L
5 m Z

Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

DC

Auto switch model


AC

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA
P4DW

5V,12V
12V
5V,12V
24V

12V
5V,12V
12V

24V

(Example) M9NW
(Example) M9NWM
(Example) M9NWL
(Example) M9NWZ

Pre-wired





















































Applicable load
IC
circuit

IC
circuit

IC
circuit

Relay,
PLC

IC

circuit
100V

 

A93
A93V
Relay,
12V
100V or less A90V
 

IC circuit PLC
A90
Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
D-P4DW type can be mounted on bore sizes 32 to 100.
5V

A96V

Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785.
Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

308

Lead wire length (m)

0.5 1 3 5 connector
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

A96

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 309

Compact Guide Cylinder


With End Lock

Series MGP

Specifications
20

Bore size

25

32

Action

40
50
Double acting

63

80

100

Air
1.5 MPa

Fluid
Proof pressure

1.0 MPa

Maximum operating pressure

0.15 MPa

Minimum operating pressure

10 to 60C (No freezing)

Ambient and fluid temperature

50 to 500 mm/s

Piston speed

50 to 400 mm/s

Rubber bumper on both ends

Cushion

Not required (Non-lube)

Lubrication

+1.5
0

Stroke length tolerance

mm

0.1 MPa except the lock unit.

Lock Specifications
Lock position

Symbol

Made to Order Specifications

Holding force
(Max.) N

(For details, refer to pages 1847 and 1995.)

Backlash

Specifications

XC79 Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally.

20

25

32

215

330

550

Manual release

Head end, Rod end


40
50
860
1340
2 mm or less

63

80

100

2140

3450

5390

Non-lock type, Lock type

Adjust switch positions for operation at both the stroke end and backlash (2 mm) movement positions.

X867 Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Standard Stroke
Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders
with auto switches.


Minimum auto switch mounting stroke


Proper auto switch mounting position
(detection at stroke end) and mounting height
Operating range
Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size (mm)

20, 25, 32, 40,


50, 63, 80, 100

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

MGJ

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke

MGP
Description

Spacer installation type.


Dealing with the stroke by the 5 mm interval is available by installing spacer with
standard stroke cylinder. When a spacer is mounted on the cylinder with an end
lock on the rod side, use a special piston rod.

Part no.
Refer to How to Order for the standard model numbers on page 308.
Applicable stroke (mm)
5 to 395

MGG
MGC

Part no.: MGPM50-35-HN

Example

MGQ

A spacer 15 mm in width is installed in a MGPM50-50-HN. C dimension is 119 mm.

Note 1) The minimum stroke for mounting auto switches is 10 stroke or more for two switches, and 5 stroke or more for one switch.
Note 2) Intermediate stroke (by the 1 mm interval) based on an exclusive body will be available upon request for special.

MGF
MGZ

Theoretical Output
OUT

MGT

IN

(N)
Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area
(mm)
(mm) direction
(mm2)
0.2
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

10
12
16
16
20
20
25
30

Operating pressure (MPa)


0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

OUT

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

IN

236

47

71

94

118

142

165

189

212

236

OUT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

IN

378

76

113

151

189

227

265

302

340

378

OUT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

IN

603

121

181

241

302

362

422

482

543

603

OUT

1257

251

377

503

629

754

880 1006 1131 1257

634

739

845

950 1056

IN

1056

211

317

422

528

OUT

1963

393

589

785

982 1178 1374 1570 1767 1963

660

825

990 1154 1319 1484 1649

IN

1649

330

495

OUT

3117

623

935 1247 1559 1870 2182 2494 2805 3117

561

841 1121 1402 1682 1962 2242 2523 2803

IN

2803

OUT

5027

1005 1508 2011 2514 3016 3519 4022 4524 5027

IN

4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2722 3175 3629 4082 4536

OUT

7854

1571 2356 3142 3927 4712 5498 6283 7069 7854

IN

7147

1429 2144 2859 3574 4288 5003 5718 6432 7147

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

309

D-
-X
Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 310

Series MGP
Mass
Slide Bearing: MGPM20 to 100 (Basic mass)

(kg)
Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size
(mm)

Model

25

50

75

20

MGPM20

0.86

1.12

1.32

1.52

1.71

1.91

2.11

2.31

2.78

3.18

3.57

3.97

25

MGPM25

1.18

1.56

1.83

2.10

2.38

2.65

2.92

3.19

3.85

4.39

4.94

5.48

32

MGPM32

1.92

2.32

2.70

3.09

3.47

3.85

4.23

4.61

5.56

6.32

7.09

7.85

40

MGPM40

2.20

2.66

3.08

3.51

3.93

4.36

4.78

5.20

6.24

7.10

7.95

50

MGPM50

3.73

4.46

5.10

5.74

6.38

7.02

7.66

8.30

9.91

63

MGPM63

4.61

5.45

6.21

80

MGPM80

7.88

8.70

9.49

100

MGPM100

12.1

13.2

100

125

6.96

14.4

150

7.72

175

8.47

200

9.23

250

9.99

300

350

400

8.80

11.2

12.5

13.8

11.8

13.3

14.8

16.3

10.3

11.2

12.0

12.8

13.9

15.5

17.2

18.8

20.5

15.6

16.8

18.0

19.1

20.6

22.9

25.3

27.6

30.0

Ball Bushing Bearing: MGPL20 to 100 (Basic mass)


Bore size
(mm)

(kg)
Standard stroke (mm)

Model

25

50

75

20

MGPL20

0.93

1.10

1.27

1.48

1.65

1.83

2.00

2.17

2.55

2.90

3.25

3.60

25

MGPL25

1.27

1.50

1.74

2.01

2.24

2.47

2.70

2.94

3.44

3.91

4.37

4.83

32

MGPL32

1.74

2.19

2.51

2.88

3.20

3.51

3.83

4.15

4.84

5.47

6.10

6.73

40

MGPL40

2.02

2.51

2.87

3.29

3.65

4.01

4.37

4.73

5.51

6.23

6.95

50

MGPL50

3.46

4.21

4.76

5.40

5.95

6.50

7.05

7.60

8.83

9.92

63

MGPL63

4.33

5.20

5.86

80

MGPL80

8.05

8.87

9.66

100

MGPL100

12.4

13.5

100

125

6.62

14.7

150

7.28

175

7.95

200

8.61

250

9.27

300

350

400

7.67

11.1

12.2

10.7

12.1

13.4

14.7

10.5

11.4

12.2

13.0

14.1

15.7

17.4

19.0

20.7

15.9

17.1

18.3

19.4

20.9

23.2

25.6

27.9

30.3

Lock Unit Additional Mass

(kg)

Head end lock

Rod end lock

Head end lock

Rod end lock

Bore size
(mm)

HN

HL

RN

RL

Bore size
(mm)

HN

HL

RN

RL

20

0.05

0.07

0.05

25

0.06

0.07

0.05

0.06

63

0.36

0.40

0.35

0.39

0.07

80

0.90

0.97

1.03

32

0.09

0.10

1.10

0.09

0.10

100

1.52

1.60

1.60

40

0.15

1.68

0.18

0.14

0.18

50

0.24

0.27

0.23

0.27

Calculation: (Example) MGPM50-100-HN


Basic Mass + Lock unit additional mass
5.74 + 0.24 = 5.98 kg

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate

Non-rotating Accuracy
of Plate

Torque: T (Nm)

T (N.m)
Bore size Bearing
(mm)
type
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

MGPM

0.99

0.75

1.88

100
1.63

125
1.44

1.28

1.16

1.06

0.90

0.78

0.69

0.62

MGPL

2.66

1.94

1.52

1.25

1.34

1.17

1.03

0.93

0.76

0.65

0.56

0.49

MGPM

1.64

1.25

2.96

2.57

2.26

2.02

1.83

1.67

1.42

1.24

1.09

0.98

175

200

250

300

350

400

MGPL

4.08

3.02

2.38

1.97

2.05

1.78

1.58

1.41

1.16

0.98

0.85

0.74

MGPM

6.35

5.13

5.69

4.97

4.42

3.98

3.61

3.31

2.84

2.48

2.20

1.98

MGPL

5.95

4.89

5.11

4.51

6.34

5.79

5.33

4.93

4.29

3.78

3.38

3.04

MGPM

7.00

5.66

6.27

5.48

4.87

4.38

5.98

3.65

3.13

2.74

2.43

2.19

MGPL

6.55

5.39

5.62

4.96

6.98

6.38

5.87

5.43

4.72

4.16

3.71

3.35

9.50

8.60

7.86

7.24

6.24

5.49

4.90

4.43

9.83

9.12

7.95

7.02

6.26

5.63

MGPM
MGPL

13.0
9.17

MGPM

14.7

10.8
7.62
12.1

12.0
9.83
13.5

8.48 11.0

10.6

8.74 11.6
11.9

10.7

9.74 13.0

10.7
9.69

8.86

8.16

7.04
8.84

6.19
7.80

5.52

4.99

6.94

6.24

MGPL

10.2

11.9

11.0

10.2

MGPM

21.9

18.6

22.9

20.5

18.6

17.0

15.6

14.5

12.6

11.2

10.0

MGPL

15.1

23.3

22.7

20.6

18.9

17.3

16.0

14.8

12.9

11.3

10.0

MGPM

38.8

33.5

37.5

33.8

30.9

28.4

26.2

24.4

21.4

19.1

17.2

15.7

MGPL

27.1

30.6

37.9

34.6

31.8

29.3

27.2

25.3

22.1

19.5

17.3

15.5

Model selection is the same as MGP/standard type.


Refer to pages 275 to 281.

310

150

9.11
8.94

For non-rotating accuracy without load, use


a value no more than the values in the table as
a guide.
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Non-rotating accuracy
MGPM

MGPL

0.07

0.09

0.06

0.08

0.05

0.06

0.04

0.05

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 312

Series MGP
Construction/Series MGPM
10

26 19

18

15

17

24

14

23

11

28

13

27

11

35

25

22

20, 25: 25 stroke

16

63 or more

36

50 or more
50, 63

Non-locking type
(Head end lock)

(Rod end lock)

39

32

33

37
34
44
45

31
30
29

45

20 to 63

Material
Note
Hard anodized
Aluminum alloy
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Hard chrome plated with rod end lock only
Stainless steel 20, 25
3 Piston rod
Hard chrome plated
Carbon steel 32 to 100
Chromated
4 Collar
Aluminum alloy
5 Bushing
Babbitt
Aluminum alloy
Chromated
6 Head cover
Carbon steel
Hard chrome plated
7 Guide rod
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
8 Plate
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
9 Plate mounting bolt
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
10 Guide bolt
Phosphate coated
11 Retaining ring
Carbon tool steel
Phosphate coated
12 Retaining ring
Carbon tool steel
13 Bumper A
Urethane
Urethane
14 Bumper B

15 Magnet
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
16 Hexagon socket head cap plug
Babbitt
17 Slide Bearing
Felt
18 Felt
Resin
19 Holder
20 Ball bushing
Aluminum alloy
21 Spacer
Carbon steel
22 Steel ball
20 to 50
Carbon steel
23 Plug
63 to 100
Nickel plated
NBR
24 Piston seal
NBR
25 Rod seal
NBR
26 Gasket A
NBR
27 Gasket B

312

80, 100

20 to 63

80, 100

Component Parts
Description
No.
1 Body
2 Piston

Component Parts
No.
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

Description
Piston gasket
Lock bolt
Lock holder
Lock piston
Lock spring
Seal retainer
Bumper
Hexagon socket head cap screw
Hexagon socket head cap screw

Cap A
Cap B
Rubber cap
M/O knob
M/O bolt
M/O spring
Stopper ring
Lock piston seal
Lock holder gasket

Material
Note
32 to 100 only
NBR
Zinc chromated
Carbon steel
Electroless nickel plated
Brass
Hard chrome plated
Carbon steel
Stainless steel
Zinc chromated (80, 100 only)
Carbon steel
Urethane
Black zinc chromated
Carbon steel
Zinc chromated (50, 63 only)
Carbon steel
Black painted
Aluminum die-casted
SQ treated
Carbon steel
Synthetic rubber
Black painted
Zinc die-casted
Black zinc chromated
Alloy steel
chromated
Steel wire
chromated
Carbon steel
NBR
NBR

Replacement Parts/Seal Kit


Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40

Kit no.

Contents

Bore size
(mm)

Kit no.

Contents

50 MGP50-B-PS Set of nos. 24, 25 , 26 , 27 ,


MGP20-B-PS Set of nos.
above
above 35 , 36 , 44 , 45
63 MGP63-B-PS
MGP25-B-PS
24 , 25 , 26 , 27 ,
80 MGP80-B-PS Set of nos. 24, 25 , 26 , 27 ,
MGP32-B-PS
35 , 44 , 45
above
44 , 45 ,
100 MGP100-B-PS
MGP40-B-PS
Each seal kit includes the parts listed above. Order the seal kit based on each
bore size.
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 313

Compact Guide Cylinder


With End Lock

Series MGP

Construction/Series MGPL
12

20

50 or more

32 to 63: 25 Stroke

63 or more

32 to 63: Over 100 stroke

21

Lock type

40

41

38

42

MGJ

43

MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

D-
-X
Individual
-X

313

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 314

Series MGP
Dimensions: 20, 25
4 x 5.4 through

4 x NN through
17

Section XX

4 x 9.5 counterbore depth 5.5

WA

4 x M6 x 1.0 depth 12

4 x MM depth ML
Section XX

Section XX

X 0.02

15

11

X 0.02

PW

X
U

DA
DB

X 0.02

T
R

VB
VA
H

M5:T-slot for hexagon bolt

(5.5)
24

HR

2xP

GA
DL

Q
S

37.5 + Stroke
GB
C + Stroke
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

10 6

XAH7 depth 6

XAH7 depth 6

PB
J

2xP
(Plug)

WB

XAH7 depth 6

17

WA

End lock mechanism


Manual release
Non-lock type

XAH7

8.4

5.4

With rod end lock

24
15

24

XB
XAH7

4.5

Detailed figure of
section XX

(mm)

25

DM

T-slot dimensions

HN

15

Bore size T-slot dimensions


(mm)
d
e

End lock mechanism


(Manual release lock type)

With head end lock

20

2.8

7.8

25

8.2

 For

intermediate strokes other than standard strokes,


refer to the Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 309.

 Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected.


(Refer to page 308.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

Standard stroke
(mm)

20
25

25, 50, 75, 100, 125


150, 175, 200, 250
300, 350, 400

Bore size
(mm)
20
25

78
62
78.5 62.5

VA

VB

81
91

54
64

72
82

44
50

(mm)

DA

GA

GB

MM

ML

NN

10
12

36
42

10.5
11.5

8.5
9

83
93

18
21

18
21

24
30

M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0

13
15

M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0

XA

XB

28
34

3
4

3.5
4.5

WA

WB

Over 75 st Over 175 st


to 175 st
to 250 st

75 st or less

44
44

120
120

200
200

Over
250 st

75 st or less

300
300

39
39

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


A

Bore size
(mm)

25 st or less

Over 25 st
to 175 st

Over 175 st

20
25

78
78.5

84.5
85

122
122

End Lock Mechanism


Dimensions
DL

DM

HR

HN

20
25

21
26.5

19
16

10.5
8

22
19.5

314

DB
12
16

(mm)

Bore size
(mm)

P
Nil
N
TF
Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 G 1/8
Rc 1/8 NPT 1/8 G 1/8

Over 75 st Over 175 st


to 175 st
to 250 st

(mm)

77
77

117
117

Over
250 st

167
167

PB

PW

10.5
13.5

25
30

18
26

70
78

30
38

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions

25 st or less

Over 25 st
to 175 st

Over 175 st

Bore size
(mm)

0
0

6.5
6.5

44
43.5

20
25

A
75 st or less

Over 75 st
to 175 st

80
85.5

104
104.5

Over 175 st

122
122

DB
10
13

(mm)

E
75 st or less

Over 75 st
to 175 st

Over 175 st

2
7

26
26

44
43.5

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 315

Compact Guide Cylinder


With End Lock

Series MGP

Dimensions: 32 to 63

4 x NN through
Z

Section XX

4 x OA through
4 x OB counterbore depth OL

WA

4 x YY depth YL
Section XX

4 x MM depth ML
Section XX

VB
VA
H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

24
11

X 0.02

DB

PW

X
U

DA

X 0.02

T
R

X 0.02

(OL)
DL

Q
S
FAFB

XAH7 depth XL

GB
End lock mechanism
Manual release
Non-lock type

PA + Stroke

XAH7 depth XL

HR

2xP

GA LL
C + Stroke
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

PB
J

WB
K

WA
2xP
(Plug)

XAH7 depth XL

XAH7

c
e

MO

DM

XB
XAH7

With rod end lock

T-slot dimensions

HN

XC

XL

End lock mechanism


(Manual release lock type)

Detailed figure of
section XX

32
40
50
63

6.5
6.5
8.5
11

LL

With head end lock

(mm)

T-slot dimensions

Bore size
(mm)

10.5 5.5
10.5 5.5
13.5 7.5
17.8 10

3.5 9.5
4
11
4.5 13.5
7
18.5

MGJ
MGP
MGQ

 For

intermediate strokes other than standard strokes,


refer to the Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 309.

MGG

 Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected.


(Refer to page 308.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


Bore size Standard stroke
(mm)
(mm)
32
40
50
63
Bore size
(mm)
32
40
50
63

25, 50, 75
100, 125, 150
175, 200, 250
300, 350, 400

(mm)

DA

FA

FB

GA

GB

HA

MM

ML

NN

OA

OB

OL

84.5
91
97
102

62.5
69
69
74

16
16
20
20

12
12
16
16

10
10
12
12

48
54
64
78

12.5 9
10
14
11
14
16.5 13.5

112
120
148
162

M6
M6
M8
M10

24
27
32
39

24
27
32
39

34
40
46
58

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

20
20
22
22

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

6.6
6.6
8.6
8.6

11
11
14
14

7.5
7.5
9
9

Nil
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/4
Rc1/4

PA

PB PW

32
38
34
39

15
18
21.5
28

30
30
40
50

96
104
130
130

44
44
60
70

35.5
39.5
47
58

VA

VB

110 78 98 63
118 86 106 72
146 110 130 92
158 124 142 110

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


A

Bore size
(mm)

25 st or less

Over 25 st
to 175 st

Over
175 st

32
40
50
63

97
97
106.5
106.5

102
102
118
118

140
140
161
161

DB
20
20
25
25

WA

WB

75 st Over 75 st Over 175 st Over


or less to 175 st to 250 st 250 st

48
48
48
52

(mm)

124
124
124
128

200
200
200
200

45
46
48
50

83
84
86
88

121
122
124
124

171
172
174
174

25 st or less

Over 25 st
to 175 st

Over
175 st

12.5
6
9.5
4.5

17.5
11
21
16

55.5
49
64
59

32
40
50
63

TF
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4

XA

XB

XC

XL

YY

YL

42
50
66
80

4
4
5
5

4.5
4.5
6
6

3
3
4
4

6
6
8
8

M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

16
16
20
20

21
22
24
24

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

End Lock Mechanism Dimensions

300
300
300
300

75 st Over 75 st Over 175 st Over


or less to 175 st to 250 st 250 st

P
N
NPT1/8
NPT1/8
NPT1/4
NPT1/4

A
25 st or less

Over 25 st
to 75 st

Over 75 st
to 175 st

Over
175 st

84.5
91
97
102

98
98
114
114

118
118
134
134

140
140
161
161

DB
16
16
20
20

MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

(mm)

E
25 st or less

Over 25 st
to 75 st

Over 75 st
to 175 st

Over
175 st

0
0
0
0

13.5
7
17
12

33.5
27
37
32

55.5
49
64
59

D-

(mm)

Bore size
(mm)

DL

DM

HR

HN

LL

MO

-X

32
40
50
63

22
26
24
25

22
23
23
25.5

9.5
11.5
13
11

21
25.5
27
25

15
21
21
21

15
19
19
19

Individual
-X

315

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 316

Series MGP
Dimensions: 80, 100
4 x NN through

4 x OA through

WA

Section XX

4 x MM depth ML
HR

4 x OB counterbore depth OL

30

4 x YY depth YL

Section XX

Section XX

X 0.02

VB
VA
H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

40

21

X 0.02

DB

PW

X
U

DA

X 0.02

T
R

(8)

2xP

GC
GA

Q
S

6 H7 depth 10

10

GB

DL

JB

PA + Stroke
FA FB

JA
J

End lock mechanism


Manual release
Non-lock type

C + Stroke
E

B + Stroke

6 H7depth 10

PB

2xP
(Plug)

WB
WA

K
G

6 H7 depth 10

A + Stroke

With rod end lock

6H7

DM

c d

23

7
6H7

HN

T-slot dimensions

10

End lock mechanism


(Manual release lock type)

30

Detailed figure of
section XX

80
100

With head end lock

(mm)

T-slot dimensions

Bore size
(mm)

13.3 20.3 12
15.3 23.3 13.5

8
10

22.5
30

 For

intermediate strokes other than standard strokes,


refer to the Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke on page 309.

 Rc,

NPT and G ports can be selected.


(Refer to page 308.)

MGPM, MGPL Common Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

Standard stroke
(mm)

80
100

25, 50, 75, 100, 125


150, 175, 200, 250
300, 350, 400

146.5 106.5
166 116

(mm)

DA

FA

FB

GA

GB

25
30

22
25

18
25

91.5
111.5

19
23

15.5 14.5 202 M12 45.5


19
18
240 M14 55.5

GC

P
Bore size
U VA VB
R
S
T
(mm)
Nil
N
TF PA PB PW Q
80
Rc3/8 NPT3/8 G3/8 64.5 25.5 74 52 174 75 198 156 180 140
100
Rc3/8 NPT3/8 G3/8 67.5 32.5 89 64 210 90 236 188 210 166

MGPM (Slide bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


A

Bore size
(mm)

150 st or less

Over 150 st

80
100

146.5
166

193
203

End Lock Mechanism


Dimensions

DB

Over 150 st

0
0

46.5
37

(mm)

DL

DM

HR

HN

80
100

45.5
49

40.5
43.5

24
26.5

38.5
41

316

150 st or less

30
36

Bore size
(mm)

(mm)

HA

JA

JB

MM

ML

38
45

7.5
10.5

46
56

54
62

M12 x 1.75
M14 x 2.0

25
31

WA

WB

50 st
or less

Over 50 st
to 150 st

Over 150 st
to 250 st

Over
250 st

50 st
or less

Over 50 st
to 150 st

Over 150 st
to 250 st

52
72

128
148

200
220

300
320

54
47

92
85

128
121

MGPL (Ball bushing bearing) A, DB, E Dimensions


A
Bore size
(mm)
150 st or less Over 150 st
80
160
193
100
180
203

DB
25
30

150 st or less

Over 150 st

13.5
14

46.5
37

OA

OB

YL

178 100 M12 x 1.75 24


171 124 M14 x 2.0 28

28
11

Over
250 st

(mm)

NN

M12 x 1.75 10.6 17.5


M14 x 2.0 12.5 20
X

YY

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 317

Series MGP

With End Lock


Specific Product Precautions
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions
and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.
Use the Recommended Pneumatic Circuit

Caution

Operating Pressure

Caution

 This is necessary for the correct locking and unlocking actions.

1. Supply air pressure of 0.15 MPa or higher to the port on the side that
has the lock mechanism, as it is necessary for disengaging the lock.

Exhaust Speed

Caution
1. When the pressure on the side with the lock mechanism drops to
0.05 MPa or below, the lock engages automatically. If the piping on
the side with the lock mechanism is thin and long, or if the speed
controller is away from the cylinder port, the lock engagement may
take some due to decline of the exhaust speed. The same result will
be caused by clogging of the silencer installed at the EXH port of the
solenoid valve.

Releasing the Lock


Head end lock

Rod end lock

Operating Precautions

Caution
1. Do not use 3 position solenoid valves.
Avoid use in combination with 3 position solenoid valves (especially
closed center metal seal types). If pressure is trapped in the port on
the lock mechanism side, the cylinder cannot be locked.
Furthermore, even after being locked, the lock may be released after
some time, due to air leaking from the solenoid valve and entering
the cylinder.
2. Back pressure is required when releasing the lock.
Before starting operation, be sure to control the system so that air is
supplied to the side without the lock mechanism as shown in the
figure above. There is a possibility that the lock may not be released.
(Refer to the section on releasing the lock.)
3. Release the lock when mounting or adjusting the cylinder.
If mounting or other work is performed when the cylinder is locked,
the lock unit may be damaged.
4. Operate with a load ratio of 50% or less.
If the load ratio exceeds 50%, this may cause problems such as
failure of the lock to release, or damage to the lock unit.
5. Do not operate multiple cylinders in synchronization.
Avoid applications in which two or more end lock cylinders are
synchronized to move one workpiece, as one of the cylinder locks
may not be able to release when required.
6. Use a speed controller with meter-out control.
Lock cannot be released occasionally by meter-in control.
7. Be sure to operate completely to the cylinder stroke end on the
side with the lock.
If the cylinder piston does not reach the end of the stroke, locking
and unlocking may not be possible.
8. Do not use an air cylinder as an air-hydro cylinder. This will cause
leakage of hydraulic fluid.
9. Adjust an auto switch's position so that it operates for movement
to both the stroke and backlash (2 mm) positions.
When a 2-color indication switch is adjusted for green indication at
the stroke end, it may change to red for the backlash return, but this
is not abnormal.

Warning
1. Before releasing the lock, be sure to supply air to the side without
the lock mechanism, so that there is no load applied to the lock
mechanism when it is released. (Refer to the Recommended
pneumatic circuits.) If the lock is released when the port on the other
side is in an exhaust state, and with a load applied to the lock unit,
the lock unit may be subjected to an excessive force and be
damaged. Also, it is very dangerous because the piston rod will be
rushed to move.

MGJ
MGP

Manual Release

MGQ

Caution

MGG

1. Manual release (Non-lock type)


Insert the accessory bolt from the top of the
rubber cap (it is not necessary to remove
the rubber cap), and after screwing it into
the lock piston, pull it to release the lock. If
you stop pulling the bolt, the lock will return
to an operational state.
Thread sizes, pulling forces and strokes are
as shown below.

MGC
MGF
MGZ

Bore size (mm)

Thread size

Pulling force

Stroke (mm)

20, 25, 32

M2.5 x 0.45 x 25l or more

4.9 N

40, 50, 63

M3 x 0.5 x 30l or more

10 N

80, 100

M5 x 0.8 x 40l or more

24.5 N

MGT

Remove the bolt for normal operation.


It can cause lock malfunction or faulty release.

2. Manual release, Lock type


While pushing the M/O knob, turn it 90 counterclockwise. The lock is
released (and remains in a released state) by aligning the  mark on
the cap with the OFF mark on the M/O knob.
When locking is desired, turn M/O button clockwise 90 while pushing
fully, correspond  on
Release
Lock
cap and ON mark on
M/O button. The correct
position is confirmed by
a click sound click. If
not confirmed, locking
is not done.

D-
-X
Individual
-X

Locked condition

Released condition

317

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 319

Compact Guide Cylinder/Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type


Series MGPS

50, 80

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

 Stroke Variations
Bearing type

MGPM
Slide bearing

Bore size
(mm)

50
80

Stroke (mm)

25



50



75



100



125



150



175



200



D-
-X
Individual
-X

319

Compact Guide Cylinder/


Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS
50, 80

How to Order
Compact Guide Cylinder

MGP S 50

50 M9BW

Compact Guide Cylinder

Made to Order Specification


For details, refer to page 321.

Heavy duty guide rod type


Bore size

Number of auto switches

50 50 mm
80 80 mm

Nil

Thread type
Nil
N
TF

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

S
n

Rc
NPT
G

Auto switch
Nil

Cylinder stroke (mm)

Without auto switch


(Built-in magnet)

For the applicable auto switch model,


refer to the table below.

Refer to Standard Stroke on page 321.

Type

Special function

Solid state switch

Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Water resistant
(2-color indication)

Electrical
entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
Grommet Yes
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)

Reed switch

DC

Grommet

3-wire
Yes (NPN equivalent)
No

2-wire

Auto switch model


AC

5V,12V
12V
5V,12V
24V

12V

5V,12V
12V

2-wire
(Non-polar)

Magnetic field resistant


(2-color indication)

Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA
P3DW
P4DW

Lead wire length (m)

Pre-wired

0.5 1 3 5 connector
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

5V

A96V

A96

24V

12V

100V
100V or less

A93V
A90V

A93
A90

Applicable load
IC
circuit

IC
circuit

IC
circuit

Relay,
PLC

IC

circuit

Relay,
IC circuit PLC

Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Consult with SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m
1 m
3 m
5 m

Nil
M
L
Z

(Example) M9NW
(Example) M9NWM
(Example) M9NWL
(Example) M9NWZ

Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.

Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785. For D-P3DW, refer to pages 1773-1 and 1773-2.
Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

320

3-2-16-MGP.qxd

09.9.30 4:13 PM

Page 10

Compact Guide Cylinder


Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS

Specifications
80

50

Bore size

Double acting

Action

Air

Fluid
Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

Maximum operating pressure

1.0 MPa

Minimum operating pressure

0.1 MPa

Ambient and fluid temperature

10 to 60C (No freezing)


50 to 400 mm/s

Piston speed

Rubber bumper on both ends

Cushion
Lubrication

Not required (Non-lube)


+1.5
0

Stroke length tolerance

mm

Standard Stroke
Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

50, 80

Made to Order Specifications


(For details, refer to page 1995.)
Symbol

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke

Specifications

X867 Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Description

Spacer installation type


Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinder.
Available by the 5 mm stroke interval.

Part no.

Refer to How to Order for the standard model numbers on page 320.

Applicable stroke (mm)

Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders


with auto switches.

5 to 195
Part no.: MGPS50-35
A spacer 15 mm in width is installed in a MGPS50-50. C dimension is 94 mm.

Example

Minimum auto switch mounting stroke


Proper auto switch mounting position
(detection at stroke end) and mounting height
Operating range
Auto switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Note) Intermediate stroke (by the 1 mm interval) based on an exclusive body will be available upon
request for special.

MGJ

Theoretical Output

MGP
OUT

IN

MGQ
(N)

Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area


(mm)
(mm) direction (mm2)
20

50
80

0.5

0.6

0.8

0.7

0.9

1.0

0.2

0.3

0.4

OUT

1963

393

589

785

982 1178 1374 1571 1767 1963

IN

1649

330

495

660

825

OUT

25

Operating pressure (MPa)

IN

990 1155 1319 1484 1649

MGG
MGC
MGF

5027 1005 1508 2011 2513 3016 3519 4021 4524 5027
4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2721 3175 3629 4082 4536

MGZ

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

MGT

Mass
(kg)
Bore size
(mm)

Model

50
80

Standard stroke (mm)


25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

MGPS50

3.90

4.68

5.74

6.52

7.30

8.08

8.86

9.64

MGPS80

9.21

10.7

13.0

14.5

15.9

17.9

18.9

20.3

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate

Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate

Torque: T (Nm)

T (N.m)
Bore size
(mm)

Model

50
80

Standard stroke (mm)

For non-rotating
accuracy without
load, use a value
no more than the
values in the table
as a guide.

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

Bore size
(mm)

Model

Non-rotating accuracy

MGPS50

15

12

16

15

13

12

11

9.8

50

MGPS50

0.05

MGPS80

49

41

51

45

41

38

35

32

80

MGPS80

0.04

D-
-X
Individual
-X

321

Series MGPS

Model Selection
Selection Conditions
Vertical

Horizontal

l
l
l
m

Mounting orientation
m

Maximum speed (mm/s)

200 or less

400

200 or less

400

Graph (Slide bearing type)

(1), (2)

(3), (4)

(5), (6)

(7), (8)

Selection Example 1 (Vertical Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions
Mounting: Vertical
Stroke: 50 stroke
Maximum speed: 200 mm/s
Load mass: 100 kg
Eccentric distance: 100 mm
Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 100 kg and the eccentric
distance of 100 mm on graph 1, based on vertical mounting, 50 mm stroke,
and the speed of 200 mm/s.
MGPS80-50 is selected.

Selection conditions
Mounting: Horizontal
Distance between plate and load center of gravity: 50 mm
Maximum speed: 200 mm/s
Load mass: 30 kg
Stroke: 100 stroke
Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 30 kg and 100 stroke on
graph 5, based on horizontal mounting, the distance of 50 mm between the
plate and load center of gravity, and the speed of 200 mm/s.
MGPS80-100 is selected.

(1) 50 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(5) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less


100

200

80
100

80

50

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

50

80

40

30

50

50

20

10

10

50

100

300

10

10

20

30

40 50

51

100

200

Eccentric distance l (mm)


Stroke (mm)
. When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s
by the coefficient listed in the table below.

Maximum Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s Up to 500 mm/s


Coefficient
1.7
1
0.6
. Use the Guide Cylinder Selection Software, when the eccentric distance is 200 mm or more.

322

Compact Guide Cylinder


Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS
Operating pressure 0.4 MPa
Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Mounting (Slide Bearing)


MGPS50, 80

(1) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(2) Over 50 Stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

300

300

200

200

80
100

100

50

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

80

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

10

10

50

100

10

200

50

MGJ
10

50

Eccentric distance l (mm)

100

200

MGP

Eccentric distance l (mm)

(3) 50 Stroke or Less, V = 400 mm/s

MGQ

(4) Over 50 Stroke, V = 400 mm/s

300

300

200

200

MGG
MGC
MGF
MGT

100

50

Load mass m (kg)

100
Load mass m (kg)

MGZ

80

80

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

50

D-
10

10

50

100

200

10

-X
10

Eccentric distance l (mm)

50

100

200

Individual
-X

Eccentric distance l (mm)

. Use the Guide Cylinder Selection Software, when the eccentric distance is 200 mm or more.

323

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 324

Series MGPS
Horizontal Mounting (Slide Bearing)
MGPS50, 80

(5) l = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(6) l = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

100

100

80
50

80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

40

30

50

50

20

80
80

40

30

50

20

50

10

10
10

20

30

40 50

51

100

200

10

20

30

Stroke (mm)

40 50

51

100

200

Stroke (mm)

(7) l = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s

(8) l = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s


50

50

80
40

30

30
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

80
40

20

80

80

20

50
50
50

50

10

10
10

20

30

40 50

Stroke (mm)

324

51

100

200

10

20

30

40 50
Stroke (mm)

51

100

200

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 325

Compact Guide Cylinder


Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS

Operating Range when Used as Stopper


MGPS80

1000

m
Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

l 50 mm

l 50 mm

2000

MGPS50
500
400
300
200

100

When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be


sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.
50

10

20

30

40

50

Transfer speed: (m/min)

Caution
Caution on handling
Note) When using as a stopper, select a model with 50 stroke
or less.

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

D-
-X
Individual
-X

325

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 326

Series MGPS
Construction

9 8 10 18 4 11 5 19 12 16 3 1 7 14 2 17 13 20 11 6 15

16

Over 50 stroke

50 stroke or less

Component Parts
No.
1
2
3
4
5

Description
Body
Piston
Piston rod
Collar
Bushing

Head cover

7
8
9
10

Guide rod
Plate
Plate mounting bolt A
Plate mounting bolt B

Component Parts

Material
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Carbon steel
Aluminum alloy casted
Babbitt
Aluminum alloy
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel

Note
Hard anodized
Chromated
Hard chrome plated
Painted
50
Chromated
80
Painted
Hard chrome plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated For piston rod
Nickel plated For guide rod

Replacement Parts/Seal Kit


Bore size
(mm)
50
80

Kit no.
MGP50-PS
MGP80-PS

Contents
Set of nos. above

17 , 18 , 19 , 20

Seal kit includes 17 to 20 . Order the seal kit, based on each bore size.
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

326

No.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Description
Retaining ring
Bumper A
Bumper B
Magnet
Hexagon socket head taper plug
Slide Bearing
Piston seal
Rod seal
Gasket A
Gasket B

Material
Carbon tool steel
Urethane
Urethane

Note
Phosphate coated

Carbon steel
Babbitt
NBR
NBR
NBR
NBR

Nickel plated

3-2-16-MGP.qxd

10.3.29 5:47 PM

Page 5

Compact Guide Cylinder


Heavy Duty Guide Rod Type

Series MGPS

Dimensions

MGPS50, 80

4 x YY depth YL
XAH7 depth XL

X 0.02

c d
e

XB

RB
X
RA

XAH7

T-slot dimensions

(mm)
Bore size
(mm)

50
80

XC

QB

Detailed figure of
XX section

QA

Section XX

WB
Z

WA

WA

4 x MM depth ML

L
OC

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG

DB

PW

DA

T
X

X 0.02

Section XX

Section XX

4 x OA through
4 x OB counterbore depth OL

4 x NN depth NL

X 0.02

8 x RR depth RL

XL

e
17.5
22.5

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt


VB
VA
H

XAH7

T-slot dimensions
d
c
b
a
6
17.8 10
11
8
13.3 20.3 12

MGC
XAH7

depth XL

2xP

GC
Q
S

XAH7

GB

GA

PA + Stroke
FA

FB

depth XL

PB

2xP
(Plug)

MGZ

C + Stroke
E

B + Stroke

MGF

MGT

A + Stroke

For intermediate strokes other than standard


strokes, refer to Manufacture of Intermediate
Stroke on page 321.

Dimensions

(mm)

Bore size Standard stroke


(mm)
(mm)

50
80

25, 50, 75, 100


125, 150, 175, 200

A
B
25, 50 st Over 50 st
86
110
86
118
151
118

DA

DB

44
65

20
25

30
45

Bore size
(mm)

MM

ML

NN

NL

OA

OB

OC

OL

50
80

M12 x 1.75
M16 x 2.0

20
32

M10 x 1.5
M12 x 1.75

20
24

10.6 17.5
12.5 20

59
72

13
17.5

Bore size
(mm)

RL

VA

VB

50
80

14
20

50
65

156
228

116
170

140
214

100
138

25 st
24
28

E
25, 50 st Over 50 st
0
24
0
33
P
Nil
N
Rc 1/4 NPT 1/4
Rc 3/8 NPT 3/8

WA
50, 75, 100 st Over 100 st
124
48
128
52

25 st
36
42

FA

FB

GA

GB

GC

30
35

12
18

72
95

14
19

11
24

PA

PB

PW

TF
G 1/4
G 3/8

9
24.5
14.5 29

WB
X
50, 75, 100st Over 100 st
48
86
68
54
92
100

HA

12
160
14.5 242

M10
M12

35
47

37
48

50
66

QA

QB

RA

RB

RR

50
77

32
40

16
18

7
9

48
80

140
200

M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5

-X

XA

XB

XC

XL

YY

YL

Individual
-X

5
6

6
7

4
5

8
10

M12 x 1.75
M14 x 2.0

24
28

24
28

D-

327

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 329

Compact Guide Cylinder/


High Precision Ball Bushing Bearing Type
Series MGPA
Basic Type (Rubber Bumper): 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
With Air Cushion:
16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
With End Lock:
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

MGJ
MGP
MGQ
MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ
MGT

D-
-X
Individual
-X

329

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 330

Compact Guide Cylinder/High Precision Ball Bushing Bearing Type

Series MGPA

Basic Type (Rubber Bumper): 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
With Air Cushion:
16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
With End Lock:
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

How to Order
Basic type (Rubber bumper)
With air cushion

MGP A 50

50

M9BW
Made to Order
Specification

Compact Guide Cylinder

For details, refer to page 331.

High precision ball bushing bearing type


12
16
20
25
32

12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm

40 40 mm
50 50 mm
63 63 mm
80 80 mm
100 100 mm

Thread type

Nil

Without auto switch


(Built-in magnet)

Nil

Nil

MGP A 50

Rubber bumper
Air cushion

Cylinder stroke

Air cushions are not available


for 12.

50

H N M9BW
Made to Order
Specification

Compact Guide Cylinder

For details, refer to page 331.

High precision ball bushing bearing type


Bore size
20
25
32
40

20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

S
n

Cushion type

Refer to Standard Stroke on page 331.

With end lock

Number of auto
switches

Auto switch

Bore size

Number of auto
switches

Auto switch

50 50 mm
63 63 mm
80 80 mm
100 100 mm

Nil

Thread type
Nil
N
TF

Rc
NPT
G

Without auto switch


(Built-in magnet)

Nil

S
n

Manual release type


N
L

Cylinder stroke

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

Non-lock type
Lock type

Lock position

Refer to Standard Stroke on page 331.

H
R

Head end lock


Rod end lock

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Water resistant
(2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

Electrical
entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
Grommet Yes
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
2-wire (Non-polar)
3-wire
Yes (NPN equivalent)
Grommet
2-wire
No

Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil


1 m M
3 m L
5 m Z

Auto switch model

Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

DC

AC

Perpendicular

In-line

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA
P4DW

5V,12V
12V
5V,12V
24V

12V
5V,12V
12V

24V

(Example) M9NW
(Example) M9NWM
(Example) M9NWL
(Example) M9NWZ

Pre-wired





















































Applicable load
IC
circuit

IC
circuit

IC
circuit

Relay,
PLC

IC

circuit
100V
 

A93
A93V
Relay,
12V
100V or less A90V
 

IC circuit PLC
A90
Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
D-P4DW type can be mounted on bore sizes 32 to 100.
5V

A96V

Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 336 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785.
Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled).

330

Lead wire length (m)

0.5 1 3 5 connector
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z)

A96

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 331

Compact Guide Cylinder


High Precision Bushing Bearing Type

Series MGPA

Specifications
Double acting
Air

Action
Fluid
Proof pressure
Max. operating pressure

1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa

10 to 60C (No freezing)

Ambient and fluid temperature

12 to 63
80, 100

Piston speed
Lubrication
Stroke length tolerance

50 to 500 mm/s
50 to 400 mm/s

Non-lube
+1.5
0

mm

Minimum Operating Pressure


Basic Type (Rubber Bumper)
Min. operating pressure
0.12 MPa
0.1 MPa

Bore size (mm)


12, 16
20 to 100

With Air Cushion


Non-rotating accuracy of plate: 0.01
Plate displacement amount : 0.05 mm
(MGPA 12-10 st, when
Load mass is 1.7 kg.)

Made to Order Specifications


(For details, refer to pages 1829 to 2021.)
Symbol

Specifications

XA Change of rod end shape


XC4

With heavy duty scraper

XC8

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

XC9

Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

XC19 With air cushion, Intermediate stroke (Spacer type)


XC35 With coil scraper
XC69 With shock absorber
XC79 Machining tapped hole, drilled hole and pin hole additionally.
XC82 Bottom mounting style
X144 Symmetrical port position
X867 Lateral piping type (Change of plug position)

Refer to pages 334 to 336 for cylinders


with auto switches.


Minimum auto switch mounting stroke


Proper auto switch mounting position
(detection at stroke end) and mounting height
Operating range
Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Min. operating pressure


0.15 MPa
0.12 MPa

Bore size (mm)


16
20 to 100

With End Lock


Min. operating pressure
0.15 MPa

Bore size (mm)


20 to 100

Standard Stroke
Basic Type (Rubber Bumper)
Bore size (mm)

12, 16
20, 25
32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Standard stroke (mm)


10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250
20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

MGJ

With Air Cushion


Bore size (mm)

16
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
80, 100

Standard stroke (mm)


25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400
50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

MGP
MGQ

With End Lock


Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)


25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400

20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

MGG

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke

MGC

Basic Type (Rubber Bumper)

MGF

Description
Part no.
Applicable stroke
Example

Spacer installation type


Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinder.
Refer to How to Order for the standard specification.
1 to 249
12, 16
1 to 399
20 to 32
5 to 395
40 to 100
Part no.: MGPA20-39
A spacer 1 mm in width is installed in a MGPA20-40. C dimension is 77 mm.

MGZ
MGT

With Air Cushion

Description

Part no.
Applicable stroke
Example
Dimensions for all models are the same as the
ball bushing bearing type. Refer to the following
pages.
Basic Type (Rubber Bumper) P.286 to 288
With Air Cushion
P.304 to 306
With End Lock
P.314 to 316

1 mm interval are available by replacing collars of a standard stroke


cylinder.
Minimum manufacturable stroke
16 to 63: 15mm
80, 100: 20mm
Select a rubber bumper type, because the cushion effect is not
obtainable for less than this stroke.
Suffix -XC19 to the end of standard part number.
15 to 249
16
15 to 399
20 to 63
20 to 399
80, 100
Part no.: MGPA20-35A-XC19
A 15 mm width collar is installed in MGPA20-50A. C dimension is 112 mm.

With End Lock


Description
Part no.
Applicable stroke
Example

Spacer installation type


5 mm interval are available by installing a spacer on a standard
stroke cylinder.
Refer to How to Order for the standard specification.
5 to 395
Part no.: MGPA20-35-HN
A spacer 15 mm in width is installed in a MGPA20-50-HN. C dimension is 112 mm.

331

D-
-X
Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 332

Series MGPA
Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate
For non-rotating accuracy without load, use a value
no more than the values in the table as a guide.

Caution
Positioning accuracy for pin hole on the plate
Dispersion of dimensions when machining each component will be accumulated in the
plate pin hole positioning accuracy when mounting this cylinder.
Below values are referred as a guide.
L1

[Side mounting]
Pin hole
A

Bore size (mm)

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Non-rotating accuracy

A = Catalog dimension (0.1 + L1 x 0.0008) [mm]


: To be 0.15 for 80, 100.
Note) Displacement by load and self-weight deflection
by plate and guide rod are not included.
[Bottom mounting]

0.01

Pin hole

L2
Pin hole

B = (0.045 + L2 x 0.0016) [mm]

332

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 333

Compact Guide Cylinder


High Precision Bushing Bearing Type

Series MGPA

Plate Displacement Amount (Reference Values)


Load from lateral direction
Displacement (mm)

MGPA32/40
MGPA12-250

0.3
MGPA12-150
MGPA12-100

0.2

MGPA12-75

0.15
0.1

MGPA12-50

0.05
0

MGPA12-10

10
15
20
Load from lateral direction (N)

25

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPA16
MGPA16-250

0.35
0.3

MGPA16-150
MGPA16-100

0.25
0.2

MGPA16-75

0.15
0.1

MGPA16-50

0.05
0

MGPA16-10

10
20
Load from lateral direction (N)

30

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPA20
MGPA20-400

0.6
MGPA20-300

0.4

MGPA20-200
MGPA20-150

0.3

MGPA20-100

0.2
0.1
0

MGPA20-50

20
40
Load from lateral direction (N)

60

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPA25
MGPA25-400
MGPA25-300

0.5
0.4

MGPA25-200

0.3
0.2

MGPA25-150
MGPA25-100

0.1
0

MGPA25-50

MGPA 32
40 -400

0.6

MGPA 32
40 -300

0.5

32

0.4

MGPA 40 -200
32

MGPA 40 -150

0.3

32

MGPA 40 -100

0.2

MGPA 32
40 -50

0.1
0

20

100

40
60
80
Load from lateral direction (N)

0.7
50

0.6

MGPA 63 -400
50

0.5

MGPA 63 -300

0.4

50

MGPA 63 -200

0.3
50

MGPA 63 -150

0.2

50

0.1
0

MGJ

50

MGPA 63 -100

MGPA 63 -50

20

40
60
80
Load from lateral direction (N)

MGP

100

MGQ
MGG

0.45
MGPA80-400

0.4
0.35

MGC

MGPA80-300

MGF

0.3
0.25

MGPA80-200

MGPA80-250

0.2

MGZ

MGPA80-150 MGPA80-100

0.15
MGPA80-50

0.1

MGT

0.05
0

50
100
150
Load from lateral direction (N)

200

MGPA100

0.7
0.6

0.7

MGPA80

0.7

0.5

0.8

MGPA50/63

0.4

Plate displacement amount (mm)

0.25

Plate displacement amount (mm)

0.35

Plate displacement amount (mm)

0.4

20
40
60
Load from lateral direction (N)

80

Plate displacement amount (mm)

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPA12

0.6
0.5

MGPA100-400
MGPA100-300
MGPA100-250

0.4

MGPA100-200

0.3

MGPA100-150

MGPA100-100

0.2
0.1

D-

MGPA100-50

0
0

100
200
Load from lateral direction (N)

-X

300

Individual
-X

Note 1) The guide rod and self-weight for the plate are not included in the above displacement values.
Note 2) Regarding the allowable rotational torque and the operating range as a lifter, refer to pages 272 to 288 in the standard type of
Series MGPL, since it is identical.

333

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 334

Series MGP
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
For D-A9
For D-A9V
For D-M9
For D-M9V
For D-M9W
For D-M9WV
For D-M9AL
For D-M9AVL

12 to 100
For D-Z7
For D-Z80
For D-Y59
For D-Y69
For D-Y7P
For D-Y7PV
For D-Y7W
For D-Y7WV
For D-Y7BA

Auto switch

Hs

Ht

80, 100

16.5

16.5

For D-P4DW ( Cannot be mounted on bore sizes 25 or less.)


32 to 63

Less than 25 to 75 strokes


Hs

For bore sizes 40 through 63


with two switches, one switch is
mounted on each side.

Hs

Hs

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position

Applicable cylinder series: MGP, MGPS (Heavy duty guide rod type)
MGPA (High precision ball bushing/Basic type)

Applicable cylinder series: MGP (Air cushion)


MGPA (High precision ball bushing/Air cushion)

(mm)

Auto
switch
model

D-Z7/Z80
D-M9
D-Y59/Y7P
D-M9V
D-A9
D-Y69/Y7PV
D-M9W
D-P4DWL
D-Y7W
D-M9WV
D-A9V
D-Y7WV
D-M9AL
Bore
D-Y7BAL
D-M9AVL
size
(mm)
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
22.5
16.5
15.5
20.5
18.5
17.5

16
31
12
11
16
27
26

20
27.5
16
15

20
23.5
22.5
25
21
22.5
21.5
26.5
17
16
15.5
21
32
31
19
18
23
27
26
25.5
17.5
40
32
18
17
22
28
27
26.5
16.5
50
33
22
21
26
29
28
27.5
20.5
63
30
32.5
31.5
36.5
26
25
24.5
31
80
33.5
38.5
37.5
42.5
29.5
28.5
28
37
100
Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the
actual setting.

Auto Switch Mounting Height

(mm)

Auto switch D-A9/M9/M9W/M9AL


model D-Z7/Z80/Y59/Y7P
D-Y7W/Y7BAL
Bore size
(mm)

12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

334

(mm)

Auto
switch
model

D-M9
D-Z7/Z80
D-M9V
D-Y59/Y7P
D-M9W
D-A9
D-Y69/Y7PV
D-P4DWL
D-M9WV
D-Y7W
D-A9V
D-M9AL
D-Y7WV
Bore
D-M9AVL
D-Y7BAL
size
(mm)
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
6
4
3
8
2
1

12
9
5
4
9
5
4

16
9.5
8.5
7.5

12.5
5.5
4.5
20
9.5
9
8

13
5.5
4.5
25
10.5
8
7
12
6.5
5.5
5
6.5
32
14.5
10.5
9.5
14.5
10.5
9.5
9
9
40
12.5
12.5
11.5
16.5
8.5
7.5
7
11
50
15
15
14
19
11
10
9.5
13.5
63
18
19.5
18.5
23.5
14
13
12.5
18
80
22.5
24.5
23.5
28.5
18.5
17.5
17
23
100
Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the
actual setting.

D-A9V

Hs

Hs

Ht

13.5
16
18.5
20.5
23
27
32.5
39.5
40
50

17
19.5
22
24
26.5
30.5
36
43
43
53

71.5
83

D-M9V
D-M9WV
D-M9AVL
Hs
Ht
19.5
22
24.5
26
29
33
38.5
45.5
45
55

74
85.5

D-Y69
D-Y7PV
D-Y7WV
Hs
Ht
15
17.5
20
21.5
24.5
28.5
34
41
41
51

70
81.5

D-P4DWL
Hs

Ht

41.5
44.5
50
57
61
71

84.5
96.5

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 335

Compact Guide Cylinder

Series MGP

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height

16.5

Auto switch

For D-P4DW ( Cannot be mounted on bore sizes 25 or less.)


32 to 63

16.5

With rod end lock


For D-A9
For D-Z7
For D-A9V
For D-Z80
For D-M9
For D-Y59
For D-M9V
For D-Y69
For D-M9W
For D-Y7P
For D-M9WV For D-Y7PV
For D-M9A
For D-Y7W
For D-M9AVL For D-Y7WV
For D-Y7BA

Hs

Hs
B

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position


Auto switch
model

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

D-M9
D-M9V
D-M9W
D-M9WV
D-M9AL
D-M9AVL

D-A9
D-A9V

D-Z7/Z80
D-Y59/Y7P
D-Y69/Y7PV
D-Y7W
D-Y7WV
D-Y7BAL

(mm)

80/100
D-P4DWL

40

36

35

40.5

36.5

35.5

37.5

10

33.5

32.5

32

4.5

43.5

10.5

39.5

6.5

38.5

5.5

38

9.5

44.5

For 25 stroke
For bore sizes 40 to 63
with two switches, one switch
is mounted on each side.

40.5

5.5

39.5

4.5

39

47

12

43

42

41.5

68

23.5

64

19.5

63

18.5

62.5

18

72.5

28.5

68.5

24.5

67.5

23.5

67

23

6.5

Ht

Hs

MGJ
MGP

Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

With head end lock


For D-A9
For D-Z7
For D-A9V
For D-Z80
For D-M9
For D-Y59
For D-M9V
For D-Y69
For D-M9W
For D-Y7P
For D-M9WV For D-Y7PV
For D-M9AL
For D-Y7W
For D-M9AVL For D-Y7WV
For D-Y7BA

Auto switch

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

(mm)

Bore size (mm)

Hs

Ht

32
40
50
63
80
100

41.5

44.5

50

57

61

84.5

71

96.5

MGG
MGC
MGF
MGZ

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position


D-M9
D-M9V
D-M9W
D-M9WV
D-M9AL
D-M9AVL

MGQ

MGT
A

Auto switch
model

Auto Switch
Mounting Height

D-A9
D-A9V

D-Z7/Z80
D-Y59/Y7P
D-Y69/Y7PV
D-Y7W
D-Y7WV
D-Y7BAL
A

(mm)

D-P4DWL

38

34

33

9.5

38

5.5

34

4.5

33

10.5

37

6.5

33

5.5

32

31.5

14.5

39.5

10.5

35.5

9.5

34.5

34

12.5

41.5

8.5

37.5

7.5

36.5

36

15

44

11

40

10

39

9.5

38.5

18

73.5

14

69.5

13

68.5

12.5

68

22.5

78.5

18.5

74.5

17.5

73.5

17

73

Mounting of Auto Switch

D-

Caution
In the case of 25 st or less with head side end lock type, it
might not insert auto switch from the rod side.
In this case, install it after removing the plate temporarily.
Regarding the plate removal and the way of assembly,

please consult with SMC.

Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

335

-X
Individual
-X

P0255-P0352-E.qxd

08.11.17 2:19 PM

Page 336

Series MGP
Minimum Auto Switch Mounting Stroke
(mm)

Auto switch model

D-A9
D-A9V
D-M9V
D-M9
D-M9W
D-M9WV
D-M9AVL
D-M9AL
D-Z7
D-Z80
D-Y59
D-Y7P
D-Y69
D-Y7PV
D-Y7W
D-Y7WV
D-Y7BAL
D-P4DWL

No. of auto switches mounted


1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs.
1 pc.
2 pcs., different side
2 pcs., same side

12

16

20

25

32

40

10
15

50

63

80

100

5
10
5
10

15
15
15
15

10

5
10
10
10
10
10

15

10
15
10

15

10
10

15

10
5
5
10
15

15

10
15

10
20
75

D-P4DW can be mounted on bore size 32 to 100.


The air cushion type is available in 16 to 100.
The heavy duty guide rod type is available in 50 and 80.

Operating Range

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket: Part No.


(mm)

Auto switch model

D-A9/A9V
D-M9/M9V
D-M9W/M9WV
D-M9AL/M9AVL
D-Z7/Z80
D-Y59/Y69
D-Y7P/Y7PV
D-Y7W/Y7WV
D-Y7BAL
D-P4DWL

Bore size (mm)

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

9.5

9.5

9.5

5.5

5.5

10

10.5

10.5

10.5

7.5

10

10

5.5

7.5

7.5

63

80

100

10.5

10.5

6.5

11.5

11.5

12

11

6.5

9.5

10

Auto switch model

Bore size (mm)

12 to 25 32 to 100

D-A9/A9V
D-M9/M9V
D-M9W/M9WV
D-M9AL/M9AVL

D-P4DWL

. For D-A9(V)/M9(V)/
M9W(V)/M9A(V)L
BMG2-012

Besides the models listed in How to Order, the following auto switches are applicable.
For detailed specifications, refer to pages 1719 to 1827.

Reed

Model
D-Z73, Z76
D-Z80
D-Y69A, Y69B, Y7PV
D-Y7NWV, Y7PWV, Y7BWV

Solid state

Electrical entry (Fetching direction)


Grommet (In-line)
Grommet (Perpendicular)

D-Y7NW, Y7PW, Y7BW


D-Y7BAL
D-P5DWL

Features

Without indicator light

Diagnostic indication (2-color indication)

D-Y59A, Y59B, Y7P

Grommet (In-line)

Diagnostic indication (2-color indication)


Water resistant (2-color indication)
Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

For solid state auto switches, auto switches with a pre-wired connector are also available. Refer to pages 1784 and 1785 for details.
Normally closed (NC = b contact), solid state auto switch (D-F9G/F9H/Y7G/Y7H type) are also available. For details, refer to pages 1746 and 1748.

336

BMG1-040

The air cushion type is available in 16 to 100


Cylinders with an end lock are available in 20 to 100.
The heavy duty guide rod type is available in 50 and 80.

Since the operating range is provided as a guideline including hysteresis, it cannot be guaranteed
(assuming approximately 30% dispersion).
It may vary substantially depending on an ambient environment.
The air cushion type is available in 16 to 100
Cylinders with an end lock are available in 20 to 100.
The heavy duty guide rod type is available in 50 and 80.

Auto switch type

BMG2-012

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 881

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock


Series MLGP
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
CLJ2
CLM2
CLG1
CL1
MLGC
CNG
MNB
CNA
CNS
CLS
CLQ
RLQ
MLU
MLGP
ML1C

 
      
 

    
  
 
Drop prevention for press fitting jig

Drop prevention for lifter

Holding a clamped condition

CK

LO

D-
CK

-X

LO

Individual
-X

CK

LO

881

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 882

 



 Drop prevention for mid-stroke emergency stops
 Locking position can be changed in accordance with the
external stopper position and thickness of clamped workpieces.

Retraction locking

Extension locking
Drop prevention for press fitting jig

Drop prevention for lifter

CK

LO

CK

LO

Holding a clamped condition

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series
MLGP
20,25,32,40,50,63,80,100
CK

LO












 








Simple
construction

Locked

C
LO

Unlocked

Brake spring
Lock ring
Piston rod

LOCK

Pivot

882

Load direction

Fulcrum

FREE

Clearance

Unlocking port: Air exhausted

Unlocking port: Air supplied

1. The lock ring is tilted by the spring force.


2. The tilting is increased by the load and
the piston rod is securely locked.

1. The lock ring becomes perpendicular to the


piston rod, creating clearance between the
piston rod and lock ring, which allows the
piston rod to move freely.

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 883

   


   


Easy manual unlocking

Low profile with compact lock unit


Lock unit length: A/26.5

mm to 51.5 mm

Locked

Unlocked

CLJ2

(mm)

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

26.5
30.5
31.5
34
35
38
43
51.5

Body length

40 to 100

CLM2

Flat head screwdriver

CLG1
CL1
MLGC
20 to 32

CNG
Manual unlocking bolt

MNB
Body length is the same as the standard MGP

CNA
CNS

Locking direction is selectable

CLS
CLQ

Retraction locking

Extension locking
W

RLQ

MLU
MLGP

ML1C

Two types of guide rod bearing


for different applications
Slide bearing

Four types of mounting


Easy positioning
Knock pin holes provided on
each mounting surface.

Top mounting Side mounting

Ball bushing bearing

Excellent wear resistance Provides high precision


allows use with high
and smooth operation.
loads.

T-slot side mounting


Bottom mounting

Wide Variations from 20 to 100


Series

MLGP

Bearing

Locking Bore size


direction (mm) 20

Slide
Extension
bearing
Locking
Ball
bushing
Retraction
bearing
Locking

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100




25







30 40 50

  
  







Standard stroke (mm)


75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350


















































































D-
-X
Individual
-X

883

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 884

MLGP
Specific Product Precautions 1
Series

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions
and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Pneumatic Circuit

Selection

Warning

Warning
1. The holding force (max. static load) indicates the
maximum capability to hold a static load without
vibration and impact. Therefore, the maximum load
(workpiece mass) should not exceed 50% of the
holding force (max. static load). Select the load mass
when unlocked in accordance with 6 below.
2. Do not use for intermediate stops while the cylinder
is operating.
This cylinder is designed for locking against inadvertent
movement from a stationary condition. Do not perform
intermediate stops while the cylinder is operating, as this
may cause unlocking malfunction, damage or shorten
the service life.
3. Select the correct locking direction, as this cylinder
does not generate holding force opposite to the
locking direction.
The extension locking does not generate holding force in the
cylinders retracting direction, and the retraction locking does
not generate holding force in the cylinders extension direction.

4. Even when locked, there may be stroke movement


up to 1 mm in the locking direction due to external
forces such as the workpiece weight.
Even when locked, if air pressure drops, stroke
movement up to 1 mm may be generated in the locking
direction of the lock mechanism due to external forces
such as the workpiece weight.
5. When in the locked state, do not apply a load
accompanied by an impact shock, strong vibration
or turning force, etc.
This may damage the locking mechanism, shorten the service
life or cause unlocking malfunction.

6. Operate so that load mass, cylinder speed and


eccentric distance are within the limiting ranges in
the specifications and model selection graphs.
If the products are used beyond the limiting range, it may lead
to a reduced service life or cause damage to the machinery.
(Refer to pages 900 and 901 for specifications and pages 887
to 898 for the Model Selection.)

Drop prevention circuit


1. Do not use 3 position valves with circuit example 1.

The lock may be released due to inflow of the unlocking


pressure.

2. Install speed controllers for meter-out control.


(Circuit example 1)
When they are not installed or they are used under meter-in
control, it may cause malfunction.

3. Branch off the compressed air piping for the lock


unit between the cylinder and the speed controller.
(Circuit example 1)
Note that branching off in another section can cause a
reduction in service life.

4. Perform piping so that the side going from the piping


junction to the lock unit is short. (Circuit example 1)
If the lock release port side is longer than another side from the
piping junction, this may cause unlocking malfunction or
shorten the service life.

5. Be aware of reverse exhaust pressure flow from


common exhaust type valve manifolds. (Circuit
example 1)
Since the lock may be released due to reverse exhaust
pressure flow, use an individual exhaust type manifold or single
type valve.

6. Be sure to release the lock before operating the


cylinder. (Circuit example 2)
When the lock release delays, a cylinder may eject at high
speed, which is extremely dangerous. It may also damage the
cylinder, greatly shorten the service life or cause locking
malfunction. Even when a cylinder moves freely, be sure to
release the lock and operate the cylinder.

7. Be aware that the locking action may be delayed due


to the piping length or the timing of exhaust. (Circuit
example 2)
The locking action may be delayed due to the piping length or
the timing of exhaust, which also makes the stroke movement
toward the lock larger. Install the solenoid valve for locking
closer to the cylinder than the cylinder drive solenoid valve.

Emergency stop circuit


1. Perform emergency stops with the pneumatic circuit.
(Circuit examples 3 and 4)
This cylinder is designed for locking against inadvertent
movement from a stationary condition. Do not perform
intermediate stops while the cylinder is operating, as this may
cause unlocking malfunction or shorten the service life.
Emergency stops must be performed with the pneumatic circuit,
and workpieces must be held with the locking mechanism after
the cylinder fully stops.

2. When restarting the cylinder from the locked state,


remove the workpiece and exhaust the residual
pressure in the cylinder. (Circuit examples 3 and 4)
A cylinder may eject at high speed, which is extremely
dangerous. It may also damage the cylinder, greatly shorten
the service life or cause locking malfunction.

3. Be sure to release the lock before operating the


cylinder. (Circuit example 4)
When the lock release delays, the cylinder may eject at high
speed, which is extremely dangerous. It may also damage the
cylinder, greatly shorten the service life or cause locking
malfunction. Even when the cylinder moves freely, be sure to
release the lock and operate the cylinder.

884

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 885

MLGP
Specific Product Precautions 2
Series

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions
and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Pneumatic Circuit

Caution

Warning
Circuit
examples

Mounting

Extension locking F

Retraction locking B

1. Be sure to connect the load to the plate section with


the lock in an unlocked condition.
If this is done in the locked state, it may cause damage to the
lock mechanism.
Sizes 20 through 32 have a built-in holding function for the
unlocked state, allowing the unlocked condition to be
maintained even without an air supply. For 40 through 100,
simply connect piping to the unlocking port and supply air
pressure of 0.2 MPa or more.

Drop prevention

2d or more

3. Cylinder bottom

Since the guide rods project from


the bottom of the cylinder at the
end of the retraction stoke, provide
bypass ports in the mounting
surface, as well as holes for the
hexagon socket head mounting
screws, when the cylinder is
mounted from the bottom.
Furthermore, when subjected to
impact in use as a stopper, etc.,
screw the mounting bolts in to a
depth of 2d or more.

. Stopper Circuit
1. When used as a stopper, be careful that the
workpiece does not collide with the cylinder in a
locked condition. Use the guide cylinder with the
V
circuit below.
If the workpiece were
m
bumped into the cylinder
in the locked state, it
could be unlocked by
shock or the locking
mechanism and the
piston rod could be
A
damaged, that could
shorten its service life
B
substantially or result in
breakage.
MLGPM--B: When used as stopper

Mounting

Warning
1. Take precautions to prevent your fingers or hands
from getting caught between the plate and the cylinder
body or the lock body.
Be very careful to prevent
your hands or fingers from
getting caught in the gap
between the cylinder body
and the lock body when air is
applied.

CL1
MLGC

CNA
C0.2

D
Bypass port
dia.

CNS
CLS
CLQ

D
Hexagon socket
MLGPM MLGPL head cap screw

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

20

72

24

54

14

12

M5 x 0.8

25

82

30

64

18

15

M6 x 1.0

32

98

34

78

22

18

M8 x 1.25

40

106

40

86

22

18

M8 x 1.25

50

130

46

110

27

22

M10 x 1.5

63

142

58

124

27

22

M10 x 1.5

80

180

54

156

33

28

M12 x 1.75

100

210

62

188

39

33

M14 x 2.0

CLG1

MNB

A0.2
Bore size
(mm)

CLM2

CNG

B0.2

Emergency stop

(d = Thread O.D.)

2. When performing mounting adjustment, supply air


pressure only to the unlocking port.

CLJ2

RLQ
MLU
MLGP
ML1C

Piping

Caution
Depending on the operating condition, change the
position of plugs for the piping port.
1. For M5
After tightening by hand, tighten additional 1/6 to 1/4 rotation
with a tightening tool.

2. For taper thread


Tighten with proper tightening torques below. Also, use pipe
tape on the plug. With regard to the sunk dimension of a plug
(dimension a in the figure), use the stipulated figures as a
guide and confirm the air leakage before operation.
If plugs on the top mounting port are tightened with more than
the proper tightening torque, they will be screwed too deeply
and the air passage will be constricted, resulting in limited
cylinder speed.
Connection thread Applicable tightening
torgue (N . m)
(plug) size
1/8
7 to 9
12 to 14
1/4
22 to 24
3/8

Plug

a dimension

D-
-X
Individual
-X

0.5 mm or less
1 mm or less
1 mm or less

885

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 886

MLGP
Specific Product Precautions 3
Series

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions
and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.

Preparing for Operation

Manually Unlocking

Warning

Warning

1. Before starting operation from the locked position,


be sure to restore air pressure to the B port in the
pneumatic circuit.
When pressure is not applied to the B port, the load may drop
or the cylinder may eject at high speed, which is extremely
dangerous. It may also damage the cylinder, greatly shorten
the service life or cause unlocking malfunction. When applying
pressure to the B port, be sure to confirm whether the
environment is safe, since workpieces may move.

2. Since size 20 through 32 are shipped in an


unlocked condition maintained by the unlocking
bolt, be sure to remove the unlocking bolt following
the steps below.
If the cylinder is used without removing the unlocking bolt, the
lock mechanism will not function.

For 20 through 32 only


z

1) Confirm that there is no air pressure


inside the cylinder, and remove the dust
cover z.
2) Supply air pressure of 0.2 MPa or more
to unlocking port x shown in the
drawing on the left.
3) Remove the unlocking bolt c with a
hexagon wrench (width across flats
2.5).

c
x

Since a holding function for the unlocked state is not available for
sizes 40 through 100, they can be used as shipped.

Manually Unlocking

For 40 to 100
Flat head screwdriver
Unlocking lever

Unlocking lever

Flat head screwdriver


Locking direction

Locking direction

Lock ring
Lock ring
Rod side

Head side

Extension locking
1) Remove the dust cover.
2) Insert a flat head screwdriver on
the rod side of the manual
unlocking lever as shown in the
figure above, and lightly push the
screwdriver in the direction of the
arrow (rod side) to unlock.

Rod side

Head side

Retraction locking
1) Remove the dust cover.
2) Insert a flat head screwdriver on
the head side of the manual
unlocking lever as shown in the
figure above, and lightly push the
screwdriver in the direction of the
arrow (head side) to unlock.

Holding the Unlocked State (20 through 32)

Caution
1. In order to hold the locked state, be sure to follow
the steps below after confirming safety.
1) Remove the dust cover z.
2) Supply air pressure of 0.2 MPa or more to the unlocking port
x shown below and unlock.
3) Screw the attached hexagon socket head cap bolt c (20,
25: M3 x 0.5 x 5 l, 32: M3 x 0.5 x 10 l), into the lock ring to
hold the unlocked condition.

2. To use the lock mechanism again, be sure to remove


the unlocking bolt.

Warning
1. Do not perform unlocking while an external force
such as a load or spring force is being applied.
This is very dangerous because the cylinder will move
suddenly. Release the lock after preventing cylinder movement
with a lifting device such as a jack.

2. After confirming safety, operate the manual release


following the steps shown below.

When the unlocking bolt is screwed


in, the lock mechanism does not
function. Remove the unlocking bolt
according to the steps prescribed in
the section of Preparing for
Operation.

Carefully confirm that personnel are not inside the load


movement range, etc., and that there is no danger even if the
load moves suddenly.
Manually unlocking
For 20 to 32

z
c
x

Maintenance

Caution

Manual unlocking bolt

Manual unlocking bolt


Lock ring
Locking direction

Locking direction
Lock ring

1. In order to maintain good performance, operate with


clean unlubricated air.
If lubricated air, compressor oil or drainage, etc., enter the
cylinder, there is a danger of sharply reducing the locking
performance.

2. Do not apply grease to the piston rod.


Rod side

Head side

Extension locking
1) Remove the dust cover.
2) Screw a manual unlocking bolt
(a bolt of M3 x 0.5 x 15 l or more
commercially available) into the
lock ring threads as shown
above, and lightly push the bolt
in the direction of the arrow
(head side) to unlock.

886

Rod side

Head side

Retraction locking
1) Remove the dust cover.
2) Screw a manual unlocking bolt (a
bolt of M3 x 0.5 x 15 l or more
commercially available) into the
lock ring threads as shown above,
and lightly push the bolt in the
direction of the arrow (rod side)
to unlock.

There is a danger of sharply reducing the locking performance.

3. 20 to 32, a 12 silver seal is labeled on the one


surface of the lock body (on the surface opposite
from the unlocking port). The seal is meant for dust
prevention, but even if it is peeled off, there would
be no problem functionally.
4. Never disassemble the lock unit.
It contains a heavy duty spring which is dangerous and
there is also a danger of reducing the locking
performance.

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Series

Page 887

MLGP

Model Selection
Precautions on Model Selection

Caution
1. In order that the originally selected maximum speed shall be not exceeded, be certain to use a speed controller to adjust
the total movement distance of the load so that movement takes place in no less than the applicable movement time.
2. For an intermediate stroke product with spacers installed, select using the base model stroke.

CLJ2
CLM2

Step (1)

Find the maximum load speed V.

Step (2)

CLG1

V1: Average load speed [mm/s]


V1 = st/t
st: Load transfer distance [mm]
t: Load transfer time [s]

Find the maximum load speed V [mm/s] with following formula (1) below.
The maximum load speed V [mm/s] is approximately equal to V1 x 1.4 (1)

CL1
MLGC
CNG

Find the bore size.

1. For vertical mounting


1) From Table 1, find applicable selection graphs based on the maximum load speed V, mounting orientation, and bearing type.
2) From the graphs chosen in (1), select the appropriate graph based on the stroke, and then find the intersecting point of the load
mass m and eccentric distance l 1.
3) Compare the intersecting point with the line chart for the operating pressure P. Select the bore size from the line chart above
the intersecting point.
2. For horizontal mounting
1) From Table 1, find applicable selection graphs based on the maximum load speed V and bearing type.
2) From the graphs chosen in (1), select the appropriate graph based on the distance l 2 between the plate and load center of
gravity, then find the intersecting point of the load mass m and stroke.
3) Compare the intersecting point with the line chart. Select the bore size from the line chart above the intersecting point.

Selection Conditions/ Table (1)

CNA
CNS
CLS
CLQ
RLQ
MLU
MLGP

Vertical
Upward facing

l 1 = Eccentric

MNB

Horizontal

Downward facing

ML1C

l 1 = Eccentric
distance

distance

l 2 = Distance between
the plate and load
center of gravity

l 2 = Distance between
m

the plate and load


center of gravity

Mounting orientation

m
m

l 1 = Eccentric
distance

l 1 = Eccentric
distance

Maximum load speed V

50 to 200 mm/s

201 to 400 mm/s

50 to 200 mm/s

201 to 400 mm/s

50 to 200 mm/s

201 to 400 mm/s

Graph
(Slide bearing type)
Graph
(Ball bushing bearing type)

(1), (2)

(3), (4)

(13), (14)

(15), (16)

(25), (26)

(27), (28)

(5) to (8)

(9) to (12)

(17) to (20)

(21) to (24)

(29), (30)

(31), (32)

. When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s
by the coefficient listed in the table below.
Max. speed
Coefficient

D-

Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s


1.7

-X
Individual
-X

887

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 888

Series MLGP
Selection Example 1 (Vertical Upward Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions
Mounting: Vertical upward facing
Bearing type: Ball bushing
Stroke: 50 mm
Load transfer time t: 0.5 s
Load mass m: 15 kg
Eccentric distance l 1: 50 mm
Operating pressure P: 0.5 MPa
Step 1: Find the maximum load speed V from formula (1).
Based on the stroke (load transfer distance) of 50 mm
and load transfer time of 0.5 s, the maximum load speed
is approximately equal to 50/0.5 x 1.4, which is
approximately 140 mm/s.
Step 2: Based on the maximum load speed found in Step 1,
mounting orientation, and guide type, graphs (5) to (8)
are selected. Then, based on the 50 mm stroke, graph
(7) is selected from the group. Find the intersecting point
of the load mass of 15 kg and the eccentric distance of
50 mm. Since the operating pressure is 0.5 MPa, the
bore size of 80 mm, model MLGPL80-50-B, is selected.

Selection conditions
Mounting: Horizontal
Bearing type: Slide bearing
Stroke: 100 mm
Load transfer time t: 0.35 s
Load mass m: 6 kg
Eccentric distance between the plate and load center of gravity
l 2: 50 mm
Operating pressure P: 0.4 MPa
Step 1: Find the maximum load speed V from formula (1).
Based on the stroke (load transfer distance) of 100 mm
and load transfer time of 0.35 s, the maximum load
speed is approximately equal to 100/0.5 x 1.4, which is
approximately 400 mm/s.
Step 2: Based on the maximum load speed found in Step 1,
mounting orientation, and guide type, graphs (27) and
(28) are selected. Then, based on the distance of 50 mm
between the plate and load center of gravity, graph (27)
is selected from the two graphs. Find the intersecting
point of the load mass of 6 kg and the 100 mm stroke.
The bore size of 40 mm, model MLGPM40-50-, is
selected.

(7) 50 Stroke or Less

0.4 MPa
0.5 MPa or more

V = 200 mm/s

(27) l 2 = 50 mm

V = 400 mm/s Horizontal Mounting

100

300

100
100
80

80

63

63

100

10
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

40

32

50

100
80

63
50

40

40

32

32

25
25
20

2
5

10

100
Eccentric distance l1 (mm)

888

20

10

200

0.1
10

50 51
Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 889

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa


Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Upward Mounting (Slide Bearing)


MLGPM20 to 100
(1) 50 Stroke or Less

(2) Over 50 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

200

V = 200 mm/s

300

300

200

100

100

CLJ2

80

80

100

100

CLM2

63

63

50

50

40

40

CLG1
Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

CL1
32

10

25

MLGC

32

CNG

25

10

MNB
20

20

CNA

CNS
CLS
CLQ
1

1
10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

(3) 50 Stroke or Less

RLQ

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

(4) Over 50 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

100

MLU
MLGP

V = 400 mm/s

100

ML1C

100

100

50

50
80

80

63

63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

100

50

10
40

50

10

40

5
32

32

25

D-

25

-X

20

20

Individual
-X

0.7

1
10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

889

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 890

Series MLGP
Operating pressure 0.4 MPa
Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Upward Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing)


MLGPL20, 25
(5) 30 Stroke or Less

(6) Over 30 stroke

V = 200 mm/s

V = 200 mm/s

20

20

25

10

10

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

20

25

20

1
10

50

100

10

200

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

MLGPL32 to 100
(7) 50 Stroke or Less

(8) Over 50 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

300

V = 200 mm/s

300

100
100
80

100

100
80
63

63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50

40

32

50

40

10

10
32

2
5

10

100
Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

890

200

10

100
Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 891

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Vertical Upward Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing)

Operating pressure: 0.4 MPa

MLGPL20, 25
(9) 30 Stroke or Less

(10) Over 30 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

V = 400 mm/s

CLJ2
CLM2
CLG1

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

0.5
25

CL1
25

MLGC
CNG
MNB

20

CNA

20

CNS

CLS
CLQ
0.7

0.1
10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

100

200

RLQ

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

MLU
MLGPL32 to 100
(11) 50 Stroke or Less

(12) Over 50 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

100

MLGP
V = 400 mm/s

50

ML1C

100

100
80

80

10
63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

63

50

10
40

50
40

1
32

32

D-
-X

Individual
-X

0.1
10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

891

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 892

Series MLGP
Operating pressure 0.4 MPa
Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Downward Mounting (Slide Bearing)


MLGPM20 to 100
(13) 50 Stroke or Less

(14) Over 50 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

100

100

100

100

80

100

80

100
80

80

63
63

63

50

Load mass m (kg)

50

Load mass m (kg)

V = 200 mm/s

40
50
40
32

10

40
50
40
32

10
25

25

32

32

20
20
25

25

20
20

1
10

50

100

10

200

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

(15) 50 Stroke or Less

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

(16) Over 50 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

100

V = 400 mm/s

100
100

100

50

50
80

80

63

Load mass m (kg)

63

Load mass m (kg)

100

50

10
40

50

10

40

32

32

25
25

20

1
10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

892

20

0.7
200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 893

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Operating pressure 0.4 MPa


Operating pressure 0.5 MPa or more

Vertical Downward Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing)


MLGPL20, 25
(17) 30 Stroke or Less

(18) Over 30 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

V = 200 mm/s

5
25

CLJ2
CLM2

25

CL1

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

CLG1
20

MLGC
CNG

20

MNB
CNA
CNS
CLS
CLQ

1
10

50

100

200

10

50

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

100

200

RLQ

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

MLU
MLGPL32 to 100
(19) 50 Stroke or Less

(20) Over 50 Stroke

V = 200 mm/s

200

MLGP
V = 200 mm/s

ML1C

200
100
100

100

100

100

80

80

80
63

63

63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

50
40
50
40
32

10

50

40

10
32

32

D-
-X
1

Individual
-X

1
5

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

10

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

893

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 894

Series MLGP
Vertical Downward Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing)

Operating pressure: 0.4 MPa

MLGPL20, 25
(21) 30 Stroke or Less

(22) Over 30 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

V = 400 mm/s

0.5

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

25

25

20

20

0.1

1
50

10

100

10

200

50

100

200

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

MLGPL32 to 100
(23) 50 Stroke or Less

(24) Over 50 Stroke

V = 400 mm/s

100

V = 400 mm/s

100
100

80

100

80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

63

50

63

10

50

10
40

40

32

32

0.3
10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

894

200

10

50

100

Eccentric distance l 1 (mm)

200

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 895

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Horizontal Mounting (Slide Bearing)


MLGPM20 to 100
(25) l 2 = 50 mm

(26) l 2 = 100 mm

V = 200 mm/s

50

V = 200 mm/s

50

100

CLJ2
100

100

80
50,63

100

CLM2

80

80

CLG1

32,40

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

80
50,63

10
32,40

50,63

50,63

CL1

10
32,40

25

32,40

MLGC

25

CNG
MNB

20

20

CNA

25

CNS

20
25

CLS

20

CLQ
1

1
10

50 51

100

200

300

10

50 51

200

300

(28) l 2 = 100 mm

V = 400 mm/s

50

RLQ
MLU

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

(27) l 2 = 50 mm

100

MLGP

V = 400 mm/s

50

ML1C
100

100

80

80

63
50

100
100
80
80

63

63

63
50

50

50

40

40

40

32

Load mass m (kg)

10

Load mass m (kg)

10
40

32

32

25

32

25
25

25

20

20
20

20

D-

-X
0.5

0.5
10

50 51
Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

10

50 51

100

200

300

Stroke (mm)

895

Individual
-X

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 896

Series MLGP
Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing)
(29) l 2 = 50 mm

(30) l 2 = 100 mm

V = 200 mm/s

MLGPL20/25

V = 200 mm/s

MLGPL20/25

10

10

25

25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

25
20

20

25

25
20
20

20

25

20

1
10

30 31

100 101

200

300

10

30 31

100 101

300

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

MLGPL32 to 63

MLGPL32 to 63
30

30

50,63

50,63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

200

50,63

32,40
50,63

10

50,63

32,40

10

32,40

32,40

50,63
32,40
32,40

5
10

50 51

100 101

200

300

10

50 51

100 101

200

300

200

300

Stroke (mm)

Stroke (mm)

MLGPL80/100

MLGPL80/100
40

40

100

100

80

80

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

100

100

80
100
80

100

80

10

10
80

6
10

25 26

50 51
Stroke (mm)

896

100

200

300

10

25 26

50 51
Stroke (mm)

100

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 897

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Horizontal Mounting (Ball Bushing Bearing)


(31) l 2 = 50 mm

(32) l 2 = 100 mm

V = 400 mm/s

MLGPL20/25

V = 400 mm/s

MLGPL20/25

25

25

20

20

25

25

20

CLJ2

25

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

25

CLM2
CLG1
20

20

20

CL1
MLGC
CNG

1
10

30 31

100 101

200

300

10

30 31

100 101

Stroke (mm)

200

300

CNA

Stroke (mm)

MLGPL32 to 63

MLGPL32 to 63

CNS

20

20

CLS

63
50

CLQ

50,63

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

MNB

50,63

10
40

40

40

50,63

10

50,63

RLQ
MLU

40

50,63

MLGP

40
40

32

32

ML1C

32

32

32

32

4
10

50

51

100

101

200

300

10

50 51

Stroke (mm)

100 101

200

300

Stroke (mm)

MLGPL80/100

MLGPL80/100

40

40

100
100

Load mass m (kg)

Load mass m (kg)

100
80

80
100

100
80

80

100
80

10

D-

10

-X
80
6

6
10

25 26

50 51
Stroke (mm)

100

200

300

10

25 26

50 51

100

200

300

Stroke (mm)

897

Individual
-X

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 898

Series MLGP
Operating Range when Used as Stopper

Warning
1. When using the cylinder as a stopper, do not allow workpieces to collide in the locked condition. If workpieces collide in the locked
condition, the lock may disengage due to the shock, or the lock mechanism and piston rod may be damaged, causing a dramatic
decrease of the product life and/ or further damage.
2. Model MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing) cannot be used as a stopper.
When MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing) is used as a stopper, the impact will cause damage to the bearing unit and guide rod.
3. Adopt the pneumatic circuit on page 884 when its used as a stopper, so that workpiece does not collide in a lock state.

Caution
1. When using as a stopper, select a model with 25 stroke or less for bore sizes 20 and 25, and 50 stroke or less for bore sizes 32 to
100.
2. When selecting a model with a longer l dimension, be sure to choose a bore size which is sufficiently large.

Bore size 20, 25/MLGPM20/25 (Slide bearing)


Operating Range as Stopper for MLGPM20/25

25

Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

l =50 mm

l =50 mm

100

20

10
5

10

20

30

40

50

40

50

Transfer speed: (m/min)

Bore size 32 to 100/MLGPM32 to 100 (Slide bearing)


Operating Range as Stopper for MLGPM32 to 100

Mass of transferred object: m (kg)

l =50 mm

l =50 mm

1000

100
80
63
50
40
32

100

50
5

10

20

Transfer speed: (m/min)

898

30

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 899

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series
MLGP
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
How to Order

MLGP M 32

CLJ2
CLM2

50 F M9BW

CLG1
Number of auto switches

Compact guide cylinder


with lock

CL1

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

Nil
S
n

MLGC

Bearing type
M
L

Slide bearing
Ball bushing bearing

Auto switch

20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm

MNB

For the applicable auto switch model,


refer to the table below.

Bore size
20
25
32
40

CNG

Without auto switch


(Built-in magnet)

Nil
50 50 mm
63 63 mm
80 80 mm
100 100 mm

CNA

Locking direction

CNS

F Extension locking
B Retraction locking

CLS

Port type
Nil
TN
TF

Rc
NPT
G

CLQ
RLQ

Cylinder stroke (mm)

MLU

Refer to Standard Stroke on page 900.

MLGP

Solid state switch

Type

Special function

Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Water resistant
(2-color indication)

Reed switch

Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

Electrical
entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.
Wiring
(Output)

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
Grommet Yes
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
2-wire (Non-polar)
3-wire
Yes (NPN equivalent)
Grommet
2-wire
No

Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil


1 m M
3 m L
5 m Z

Auto switch model

Load voltage
DC

AC

Perpendicular

In-line

Lead wire length (m)

Pre-wired

0.5 1 3 5 connector
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z)










































Applicable load

ML1C












IC
circuit

12 V
IC
5 V,12 V
circuit Relay,
24 V

12 V

PLC
IC
5 V,12 V
circuit
12 V

IC

 
5V
A96
A96V

circuit
100V




A93
A93V
Relay,
12 V
24 V
100V or less A90V
 

IC circuit PLC
A90
Solid state auto switches marked with  are produced upon receipt of order.
(Example) M9NW
D-P4DW can be mounted on the bore sizes 32 to 100.
(Example) M9NWM
Only D-P4DW is assembled at the time of shipment.
(Example) M9NWL
(Example) M9NWZ
5 V,12 V

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA
P4DW

Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 908 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785.
Auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (Except D-P4DW)

D-
-X
Individual
-X

899

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 900

Series MLGP
Cylinder Specifications
Bore size (mm)
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
Action
Double acting
Air
Fluid
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
Maximum operating pressure
1.0 MPa
Minimum operating pressure
0.2 MPa Note)
Ambient and fluid temperature
10 to 60C (No freezing)
Piston speed
50 to 400 mm/s
Cushion
Rubber bumper on both ends
Lubrication
Not required
+1.5
Stroke length tolerance
0 mm
Port size (Rc, NPT, G)
1/8
1/4
3/8
Note) When the unlocking air and cylinder operating air are not common, the minimum operating
pressure is 0.15 MPa. (The minimum operating pressure for the cylinder alone is 0.15 MPa.)

Lock Specifications
JIS Symbol
Extension locking

Retraction locking

Bore size (mm)


20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
Lock operation
Spring locking (Exhaust locking)
Unlocking pressure
0.2 MPa or more
Lock starting pressure
0.05 MPa or less
Locking direction
One direction (Extension locking, Retraction locking)
Maximum operating pressure
1.0 MPa
Unlocking port size (Rc, NPT, G)
1/8
1/4
M5 x 0.8
Holding force (Maximum static load) (N) Note) 157
245
402
629
982 1559 2513 3927
Note) Be sure to make cylinder selections in accordance with the method given on page 884.

Standard Stroke
Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)


20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350
50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350

20,25
32 to 80
100

Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke


Spacer installation type
Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinders.
20 to 32: Stroke can be modified by the 1 mm interval.
40 to 100: Stroke can be modified by the 5 mm interval.
Refer to How to Order for the standard model numbers.
Part no.
1 to 349
20, 25, 32
Applicable stroke
5 to 345
40 to 80
(mm)
25 to 345
100
Part no.: MLGPM20-39-F
Example
A 1 mm spacer is installed in MLGPM20-40-F. Dimension C is 77 mm.
Description

Theoretical Output
OUT

IN

(N)

Refer to pages 907 to 908 for cylinders


with auto switches.
. Minimum auto switch mounting stroke
. Proper auto switch mounting position (detection
at stroke end) and mounting height
. Operating range
. Switch mounting bracket: Part no.

Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area


(mm)
(mm) direction
(mm2)
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

10
12
16
16
20
20
25
30

Operating pressure (MPa)


0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

IN

236

47

71

94

118

142

165

189

212

236

OUT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

IN

378

76

113

151

189

227

265

302

340

378

OUT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

IN

603

121

181

241

302

362

422

482

543

603

OUT

1257

251

377

503

629

754

880 1006 1131 1257

634

739

845

950 1056

IN

1056

211

317

422

528

OUT

1963

393

589

785

982 1178

1374 1570 1767 1963

660

825

IN

1649

330

495

990

1154 1319 1484 1649

OUT

3117

623

935 1247 1559 1870

2182 2494 2805 3117

IN

2803

561

841 1121 1402 1682

1962 2242 2523 2803

OUT

5027

1005 1508 2011 2514 3016

3519 4022 4524 5027

IN

4536

907 1361 1814 2268 2722

3175 3629 4082 4536

OUT

7854

1571 2356 3142 3927 4712

5498 6283 7069 7854

IN

7147

1429 2144 2859 3574 4288

5003 5718 6432 7147

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area

900

0.6

OUT

(mm2)

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 901

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Mass
Slide Bearing: MLGPM20 to 100
(kg)
Bore size
(mm)

Standard stroke (mm)


20

25

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

20

0.84

0.92

1.00

1.08

1.34

1.54

1.74

1.93

2.13

2.33

2.80

3.20

3.59

25

1.22

1.32

1.43

1.54

1.92

2.19

2.46

2.74

3.01

3.28

3.94

4.48

5.03

32

2.09

2.47

2.87

3.25

3.64

4.02

4.40

4.78

5.73

6.49

7.26

40

2.44

2.86

3.32

3.74

4.17

4.59

5.02

5.44

6.48

7.34

8.19

50

4.13

4.77

5.50

6.14

6.78

7.42

8.06

63

5.23

5.99

6.83

7.59

8.34

9.10

9.85

80

8.50

100

9.44
15.3

10.4

11.6

12.9

10.7

8.70

12.5

14.0

15.5

10.7

11.7

12.6

13.6

14.5

15.5

17.9

19.8

21.6

17.0

18.3

19.7

21.0

22.3

23.6

27.0

29.6

32.3

Ball Bushing Bearing: MLGPL20 to 100

CLJ2
CLM2
CLG1
CL1
MLGC
CNG

(kg)

MNB

Standard stroke (mm)

Bore size
(mm)

20

25

30

40

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

250

300

350

20

0.86

0.93

1.05

1.13

1.30

1.47

1.68

1.85

2.03

2.20

2.58

2.93

3.28

25

1.22

1.31

1.49

1.58

1.81

2.05

2.32

2.55

2.78

3.01

3.51

3.98

4.44

32

1.89

2.20

2.65

2.97

3.34

3.66

3.97

4.29

4.98

5.61

6.24

40

2.16

2.58

3.07

3.43

3.85

4.21

4.57

4.93

5.71

50

3.69

4.33

5.08

5.63

6.27

6.82

7.37

7.92

9.15

63

4.77

5.53

6.40

7.06

7.82

8.48

9.15

9.81

80

8.11

9.25

100

14.7

6.43

7.15

10.3

11.4

11.3

12.7

14.0

10.6

11.4

12.2

13.0

13.9

14.7

16.6

18.2

19.9

16.5

17.6

18.8

20.0

21.2

22.4

25.0

27.3

29.7

Non-rotating Accuracy
of Plate

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate

T (Nm)

25
32
40
50
63
80
100

MLGPM

CLS
CLQ
RLQ

MLGP

20

CNS

MLU

Torque: T (Nm)

Bore size
Bearing type
(mm)

CNA

Stroke
20

25

30

40

50

75

0.77

0.70

0.64

0.59

1.62

100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350


1.42

1.27

1.15

1.05

0.97

0.83

0.73

0.75

0.68

1.49

1.41

1.24

1.11

1.29

1.18

1.08

1.00

0.86

0.76

0.67

MLGPM

1.24

1.13

1.04

0.97

2.49

2.20

1.98

1.79

1.64

1.51

1.30

1.15

1.02

MLGPL

1.23

1.14

2.26

2.14

1.90

1.71

1.96

1.79

1.65

1.53

1.33

1.17

1.04

MLGPM

4.89

4.13

4.82

4.29

3.87

3.53

3.24

2.99

2.60

2.30

2.06

MLGPL

4.22

3.64

4.07

3.67

5.37

4.97

4.62

4.31

3.80

3.39

3.06

MLGPM

5.29

4.49

5.25

4.68

4.23

3.86

3.54

3.28

2.85

2.52

2.26

MLGPL

4.53

3.93

4.41

3.98

5.84

5.41

5.03

4.70

4.15

3.70

3.34

MLGPM

10.06

8.66 10.13

9.12

8.29

7.60

7.01

6.51

5.70

5.06

4.56

MLGPL

6.40

5.57

7.04

9.75

9.05

8.43

7.88

6.96

6.22

5.60

MLGPM

11.13

9.60 11.27 10.15

9.24

8.48

7.83

7.28

6.37

5.67

5.11

MLGPL

6.91

6.02

7.69 10.73

9.95

9.27

8.67

7.65

6.83

6.14

MLGPM

16.70

14.67 19.10 17.41 15.99 14.79 13.75 12.85 11.36 10.18

9.23

MLGPL

9.44

16.88 17.92 16.51 15.28 14.20 13.24 12.37 10.89

8.62

MLGPM

26.17 30.70 28.23 26.12 24.31 22.73 21.35 19.03 17.17 15.64

MLGPL

21.11 29.10 26.98 25.10 23.43 21.93 20.57 18.21 16.22 14.53

7.76
8.48

9.66

Note) For non-rotating accuracy without load,


use a value no more than the values in the
table as a guide.

Bore size
(mm)

0.65

MLGPL

ML1C

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Non-rotating accuracy
MLGPM

MLGPL

0.07

0.09

0.06

0.08

0.05

0.06

0.04

0.05

D-
-X

Note) Do not apply rotational force in a locked condition, as this will cause damage to the lock
mechanism or decrease of the product life.

Individual
-X

901

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 902

Series MLGP
Construction: 20, 25, 32
Series MLGPM

Series MLGPL
29

11 10 12 2 6 20 27 28 4 9 1 14 22 3 32 21 35 19 5 38

15

24

B'
18
25
A'

A'

B
16

26

Over 100 stroke

20, 25: 50 stroke or less

Type F (Extension locking)

Type B (Retraction locking)

31 33 7 37 30 23 13 34

31 7 37 33 30 36 23 13 34

17

17

Section B-B'

Section A-A'

Section B-B'

Section A-A'
Above figures show the unlocked state.

Component Parts
Description
Material
No.
Aluminum alloy
1 Body
Aluminum alloy
2 Lock body
Aluminum alloy
3 Piston
20, 25
Stainless steel
4 Piston rod
32
Carbon steel
Aluminum alloy
5 Head cover
Aluminum alloy
6 Intermediate collar
Carbon steel
7 Lock ring
Steel wire
8 Brake spring
Carbon steel
Type M
9 Guide rod
Type L High carbon chrome bearing steel
Rolled steel
10 Plate
11 Plate mounting bolt Chromium molybdenum steel
Chromium molybdenum steel
12 Guide bolt
20, 25 Oil-impregnated sintered alloy
13 Bushing
Copper alloy
32
Copper alloy
14 Bushing

15 Ball bushing
Aluminum alloy
16 Spacer
Chromium molybdenum steel
17 Pivot
Stainless steel
18 Dust cover

902

Component Parts
Note
Hard anodized
Hard anodized
Chromated
Hard chrome plated
Chromated
Chromated
Heat treated
Zinc chromated
Hard chromium electroplated
Hard chromium electroplated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated

Type MLGPM
Type MLGPL
Chromated (Type MLGPL only)
Heat treated/Hard chrome plated

No.
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

Description
Material
Note
Type C retaining ring for hole
Phosphate coated
Carbon tool steel
Bumper A
Urethane
Bumper B
Urethane
Magnet

Parallel pin
Stainless steel
Hexagon socket head cap screw Chromium molybdenum steel
Nickel plated
Dust cover holding bolt
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
Hexagon socket head plug
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
Holder
Type MLGPM only
Resin
Type MLGPM only
Felt
Felt
Phosphate coated (Type MLGPL only)
Type C retaining ring for hole
Carbon tool steel
Rod seal
NBR
Scraper
NBR
Piston seal
NBR
Lock ring seal
NBR
Gasket A
NBR
Gasket B
NBR
Lock body gasket
NBR
Nickel plated
Unlocking bolt
Chromium molybdenum steel
Steel ball
High carbon chrome bearing steel

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 903

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Construction: 40 to 100
Series MLGPM

Series MLGPL

12 11 7 13 2 37 38 6 32 33 41 23 4 10 1 15 25 39 3 42 24 22 5 43

10

16

34

44

29

B'

CLJ2

30

CLM2

21

A'

A'

CLG1

CL1
63

MLGC

17

31
14

CNG
MNB

40 to 63: Over 100 stroke

17

CNA
CNS

50 to 100

80, 100: Over 200 stroke

Type F
(Extension locking)

35 22 41 36 40 28 20 8 26

CLS

35 22 41 20 28 40 36 8 26

CLQ

Type B
(Retraction locking)
9

RLQ

MLU
MLGP
Section B-B'
Section B-B'
Section A-A'

Above figures show the unlocked state.

Component Parts
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

ML1C

26 27 18 19

26 19 27 18

Description
Material
Note
Hard anodized
Aluminum alloy
Body
Hard anodized
Aluminum alloy
Lock body
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Piston
Hard chrome plated
Carbon steel
Piston rod
40 to 63
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Head cover
80, 100 Aluminum alloy casted
Chromated/Painted
Intermediate collar
Aluminum alloy
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Hard anodized
40
Collar
Chromated/Painted
50 to 100 Aluminum alloy casted
Lock ring
Carbon steel
Heat treated
Brake spring
Steel wire
Zinc chromated
Carbon steel
Hard chrome plated
Type M
Guide rod
Hard chrome plated
Type L High carbon chrome bearing steel
Plate
Rolled steel
Nickel plated
Plate mounting bolt Chromium molybdenum steel
Nickel plated
Chromium molybdenum steel
Guide bolt
40, Nickel plated
Copper alloy
50 to 100
Bushing
Copper alloy
Type MLGPM
Bushing

Type MLGPL
Ball bushing
Aluminum alloy
Chromated (Type MLGPL only)
Spacer
Carbon steel
Heat treated/Zinc chromated
Pivot pin
Carbon steel
Heat treated/Zinc chromated
Pivot key
Stainless steel
Lever
Rolled steel
Nickel plated
40 to 63
Dust cover
Stainless steel
80, 100

Section A-A'

Component Parts
No.
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44

Description
Type C retaining ring for hole
Bumper A
Bumper B
Magnet
Parallel pin
Spring pin
Hexagon socket countersunk head screw
Hexagon socket head cap screw
Dust cover 40 to 63
holding bolt 80, 100
Hexagon socket head plug
Holder
Felt
Type C retaining ring for hole
Rod seal A
Rod seal B
Rod seal C
Scraper
Piston seal
Brake piston seal
Gasket A
Gasket B
Steel ball
Plug

Material
Carbon tool steel
Urethane
Urethane

Stainless steel
Carbon steel
Chromium molybdenum steel
Chromium molybdenum steel
Chromium molybdenum steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Resin
Felt
Carbon tool steel
NBR
NBR
NBR
NBR
NBR
NBR
NBR
NBR
High carbon chrome bearing steel
Carbon steel

Note
Phosphate coated

Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Type MLGPM only
Type MLGPM only
Phosphate coated (Type MLGPL only)

D-
-X
40, 50
63 to 100, Nickel plated

903

Individual
-X

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 904

Series MLGP
Dimensions: 20, 25, 32
XA

depth 6
b

4 x YY depth YL

XA H7

XB

H7

MLGPM/MLGPL

c
X 0.02

e
3
X

XA H7

T-slot dimensions

6
Bore size (mm)

Detailed figure of XX section

a
5.4
5.4
6.5

20
25
32
WB
Z

e
7.8
8.2
9.5

d
2.8
3
3.5

c
4.5
4.5
5.5

b
8.4
8.4
10.5

Section XX

WA

Bottom view

Extension locking

Section XX

IA
IC

IH

4 x NN through

Retraction locking

4 x OA through

WA

4 x OB counterbore depth OL

Section XX

IC

4 x MM depth ML

VB
VA
H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X0.02
ID

DB

PW

X
U

IB
DA

X 0.02

T
R

IG

(OL)

XA H7 depth 6
IF Unlocking port
Unlocked when
pressurized

Q
S

GA
PA + Stroke
FA

FB

GB

2 x 1/8 (Rc, NPT, G)


2 x 1/8 (Rc, NPT, G)
(Plug)

C + Stroke
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

XAH7 depth 6

IE

IC

Bore size
(mm)

Standard stroke
(mm)

20
25
32

20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125


150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350
25, 50, 75, 100, 125,1 50, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350

20
25
32

IH

6.5 21.2 18
7
23.2 21
8
30.2 24

18
21
24

24
30
34

Bore size
(mm)
st 25
20

25

32
24

MM

904

GA GB

A
50 < st 200 200 < st

DB

148.5 12
111
115.5 152.5 16
133.5 171.5 20

IF
Retraction locking

OA OB OL PA PB PW

NN

18
M5 x 0.8 5.4 9.5 5.5 12.5 10.5 25
26
M6 x 1.0 5.4 9.5 5.5 12.5 13.5 30
M8 x 1.25 6.6 11 7.5 7 15 35.5 30

70
78
96

30
38
44

81 54
91 64
110 78

120
120
124

200
200
200
(mm)

st 50 50 < st 200 200 < st

31.5
31.5
42.5

69
68.5
80.5

300
300
300

33

72
82
98

45

39
39

77
77
83

IE

32

Rc, NPT

M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8 M5 x 0.8
1/8
M5 x 0.8

167
167
171

117
117
121

X
28
34
42

XA XB
3
4
4

YY

YL

3.5 M6 x 1.0 12
4.5 M6 x 1.0 12
4.5 M8 x 1.25 16

17
17
21

A, DB, E Dimensions: MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing)


A
Bore size
(mm) st 30 st 50 30 < st 100 50 < st 100
20
89.5
106.5

25
100

116

32

112.5

129.5

100 < st 200 200 < st 350

44
50
63

st 30 25 < st 100 30 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 300 300 < st 350

29
29

G
6
7.5
4

ID

VA VB

WB

E
0
0
37.5

Extension locking

ML

M5 x 0.8 13
M6 x 1.0 15
M8 x 1.25 20

44
44

IB

79.5 37 10
84 37.5 12
91 37.5 16

WA

48

HA IA

Rc, NPT G Rc, NPT


10 32.5 36 10.5 8.5 83 M5 26.5 36
9.5
9.5
6
10 36.5 42 11.5 9
93 M5 30.5 40 10
10
7.5
12 41.5 48 12.5 9
112 M6 31.5 49
9
8
9

A, DB, E Dimensions: MLGPM (Slide bearing)


Bore size
(mm) st 50
20
79.5
25
84
32
128.5

DA FA FB

st 30 25 < st 100 30 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 300 300 < st 350 st 25

24
24

K
G

Note 1) The intermediate strokes other than the standard strokes


at left are manufactured by means of installing a spacer.
Intermediate strokes for 20 to 32 are available by the
1 mm interval.
Note 2) For intermediate strokes, dimensions A, B, C, E, PA, WA,
and WB will be the same as the standard stroke with a
longer one.
(mm)

Common Dimensions: MLGPM/MLGPL

Bore size
IG
(mm)

PB
J

DB

130.5 148.5 10
135
152.5 13
149.5 171.5 16

(mm)

E
st 30 st 50 30 < st 100 50 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 350

10
16

21.5

27
32

38.5

51
51
58.5

69
68.5
80.5

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 905

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Dimensions: 40, 50, 63


MLGPM/MLGPL

XA H7 depth XL
IH

XAH7

X 0.02

XB

XAH7

4 x YY depth YL

XC
XL

CLJ2
CLM2

Detailed figure of
XX section

CLG1
CL1

WB

Section XX
Z

40

Bottom view

WA

MLGC

Retraction locking

Extension locking

CNG
IA

IH

Section XX

4 x OA through
4 x OB depth of counterbore depth OL

WA

IC

4 x NN through

Section XX

4 x MM depth ML

IC

CNA

VB
VA
H

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

X 0.02
ID

X
U
PW

CNS
CLS
CLQ

DB

IB

DA

X 0.02

T
R

(OL)

RLQ

IF
Unlocking port
Unlocked when pressurized

GA

XA H7 depth XL
Q
S

FA

2 x P (Rc, NPT, G)

GB

PA + Stroke
C + Stroke
B + Stroke
A + Stroke

FB

ML1C

Bore size
(mm)

Standard stroke
(mm)

DA FA FB

40
50
63

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150


175, 200, 250, 300, 350

100
107
115

44
44
49

16
20
20

54 14 10 120 M6 34
64 14 11 148 M8 35
78 16.5 13.5 162 M10 38

40
50
63

34.5 27
38.5 32
46 39

27
32
39

40
46
58

MM

ML

NN

GA GB

OA OB OL

M8 x 1.25 20 M8 x 1.25 6.6 11


M10 x 1.5 22 M10 x 1.5 8.6 14
M10 x 1.5 22 M10 x 1.5 8.6 14

HA

PA PB PW

IA

Bore size
(mm)
40
50
63

A
st 50 50 < st 200 200 < st 350

131
141.5
144.5

136
153
156

174
196
199

DB
20
25
25

(mm)

E
st 50 50 < st 200 200 < st 350

31
34.5
29.5

36
46
41

40
50
63

6.5
8.5
11

10.5
13.5
17.8

5.5
7.5
10

4
4.5
7

11
13.5
18.5
(mm)

IC
IB Extension locking Retraction locking
Rc, NPT G Rc, NPT G
52 11
13.8
6.5
4.5
62 13
15
6.8
4.8
79 16.5 16.2
7.5
6.5

74
89
84

IF
ID

IE

14 4
19 6.5
19 6.5

Rc,NPT

1/8
1/8
1/8

M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
1/8

VA VB

7.5 1/8 13 18 39.5 30 104 44 118 86 106 72


1/4
40 130 60 146 110 130 92
9 21.5 47
9
1/4 14 28 58
50 130 70 158 124 142 110
9

WA
WB
Bore size
X
(mm)
st 25 25 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 300 300 < st 350 st 25 25 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 300 300 < st 350
40
124
34
24
200
46
48
172 50
300
84
122
50
124
36
24
200
48
48
174 66
300
86
124
38
63
128
28
200
50
52
174 80
300
88
124

Dimensions A, DB, E: MLGPM (Slide bearing)

Bore size
(mm)

b
c

Common Dimensions: MLGPM/MLGPL

MLGP

K
G

44
47
50

MLU
PB

IE

manufactured by means of installing a spacer.


Intermediate strokes for 40 to 63 are available by the 5 mm interval.
Note 2) For intermediate strokes, dimensions A, B, C, E, PA, WA, and WB will
be the same as the standard stroke with a longer one.

12
16
16

XA H7 depth XL

2xP
(Plug)

Note 1) The intermediate strokes other than the standard strokes at left are T-slot dimensions

Bore size
IH
(mm)

MNB

XA XB XC XL
4
5
5

4.5
6
6

3
4
4

6
8
8

YY

YL

M8 x 1.25 16
M10 x 1.5 20
M10 x 1.5 20

22
24
24

D-

Dimensions A, DB, E: MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing)

(mm)

A
Bore size
(mm)
st 50 50 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 350
40
115
174
132
152
50
128
196
149
169
63
131
199
152
172

74
89
84

DB
16
20
20

-X

Individual
-X

st 50 50 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 350

15
21
16

32
42
37

52
62
57

905

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 906

Series MLGP
Dimensions: 80, 100
MLGPM/MLGPL

6 H7 depth 10

c d

10

X 0.02

6 H7

T-slot dimensions

Detailed figure of XX section

Bore size (mm)

80
100

WB
Section XX

IA

IH

e
22.5
30

d
8
10

c
12
13.5

b
20.3
23.3

a
13.3
15.3

Bottom view

WA

Extension locking
Section XX
4 x NN through

6 H7

4 x YY depth YL

Retraction locking

4 x OA through
4 x OB counterbore depth 8

WA

IC

4 x MM depth ML

Section XX

IC

VB
VA
H

ID

X 0.02

DB

PW

X
U

IB
DA

X 0.02

T
R

IG

HA: T-slot for hexagon bolt

(8)

2 x 3/8 (Rc, NPT, G)


(Plug)
6 H7 depth 10

IF Unlocking port
Unlocked when pressurized
FA

GB

FB

Note 1) The intermediate strokes other than the standard strokes


at left are manufactured by means of installing a spacer.
Intermediate strokes for 80 and 100 are available by
the 5 mm interval.
Note 2) For intermediate strokes, dimensions A, B, C, E, PA,
WA, and WB will be the same as the standard stroke
with a longer one.

A + Stroke

Common Dimensions: MLGPM/MLGPL

(mm)

IC

Bore size
(mm)

Standard stroke
(mm)

80
100

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350
50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350

DA FA FB

139.5 56.5 25
167.5 66 30

L
54
62

MM

GA GB GC

ML

NN

OA OB PA PB PW

M12 x 1.75 25 M12 x 1.75 10.6 17.5 14.5 25.5 74


M14 x 2.0 31 M14 x 2.0 12.5 20 17.5 32.5 89

Dimensions A, DB, E: MLGPM (Slide bearing)

(mm)

E
st 50 50 < st 200 200 < st 350

18.5
21

45.5
46

HA IA

IB

Extension locking

IF
Retraction locking

RC,NPT
G
RC,NPT
6.5
22 61
91.5 19 15.5 14.5 202 M12 43 110 18.5 18.5
23
11
25 76.5 111.5 23 19 18 240 M14 51.5 137 23

WA
Bore size
(mm) st 25 st 50 25 < st 100 50 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 300 300 < st 350 st 25
80
42
52

28

128
200
300
100

72

50
124
200
300

906

J
E

6 H7 depth 10

JA

5.5

C + Stroke
B + Stroke

A
Bore size
DB
(mm)
st 50 50 < st 200 200 < st 350
80
158
185
236
30
100
188.5 213.5 254.5 36

PB
JB

PA + Stroke

Bore size
IG IH J JA JB K
(mm)
80
7 54.2 45.5 38 7.5 46
100
15 64.2 55.5 45 10.5 56

10

2 x 3/8 (Rc, NPT, G)

GC
GA

96.5
87

60

IE

Rc,NPT

1/8
1/4

1/8
1/8

30 5.5
50 5.5

VA VB

25 < st 100 50 < st 100 100 < st 200 200 < st 300 300 < st 350

54

ID

52 174 75 198 156 180 140


64 210 90 236 188 210 166
WB

st 50

G
6.5
7

71

92
97

128
135

178
185

YY

YL

100 M12 x 1.75 24


124 M14 x 2.0 28

28
35

Dimensions A, DB, E: MLGPL (Ball bushing bearing)

(mm)

A
E
Bore size
DB
(mm)
st 25 25 < st 50 50 < st 200 200 < st 350
st 25 25 < st 50 50 < st 200 200 < st 350
80
13
33.5
63.5
96.5
152.5 173
203
236
25
100

31
64
87

198.5 231.5 254.5 30

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 907

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock

Series MLGP

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
D-A9
D-A9V
D-M9
D-M9V
D-M9W
D-M9WV
D-M9AL
D-M9AVL

D-Z7
D-Z80
D-Y59
D-Y69
D-Y7P
D-Y7PV
D-Y7W
D-Y7WV
D-Y7BA

Auto switch

20 to 100

CLJ2
CLM2
CLG1
A

D-P5DWL ( Cannot be mounted on bore size 25 or less.)


32 to 63

CL1

Hs

MLGC

80, 100

CNG
16.5

16.5

MNB
Ht

CNA
CNS
CLS

Less than 25 to 75 strokes


Hs

For bore sizes 32 through 63


with two switches, one switch is
mounted on each side.

Hs

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position


Auto switch D-M9
model D-M9V

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

D-M9W
D-M9WV
D-M9AL
D-M9AVL
A
B

D-A9
D-A9V

D-Z7/Z80
D-Y59/Y7P
D-Y69/Y7PV
D-Y7W
D-Y7WV
D-Y7BAL
A
B

CLQ

Hs

RLQ

(mm)

MLU
MLGP

D-P4DWL

ML1C
A

9.5

12.5

5.5

8.5

4.5

7.5

9.5

13

5.5

4.5

10.5

12

6.5

5.5

6.5

14.5

14.5

10.5

10.5

9.5

9.5

12.5

16.5

8.5

12.5

7.5

11.5

11

15

19

11

15

10

14

9.5

13.5

18

23.5

14

19.5

13

18.5

12.5

18

22.5

28.5

18.5

24.5

17.5

23.5

17

23

Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.

Auto Switch Mounting Height

(mm)

Auto switch D-A9/M9


model D-M9W

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

D-M9AL
D-Z7/Z80
D-Y59/Y7P
D-Y7W
D-Y7BAL
Hs

D-A9V

D-M9V
D-M9WV
D-M9AVL

D-Y69
D-Y7PV
D-Y7WV

D-P4DWL

Hs

Ht

Hs

Ht

Hs

Ht

Hs

Ht

18.5

22

24.5

20

20.5

24

26

21.5

23

26.5

29

24.5

41.5

27

30.5

33

28.5

44.5

32.5

36

38.5

34

50

39.5

43

45.5

41

57

40

43

71.5

45

74

41

70

61

84.5

50

53

83

55

85.5

51

81.5

71

96.5

D-
-X
Individual
-X

907

P0839-P0920-E.qxd

08.11.17 3:08 PM

Page 908

Series MLGP
Minimum Auto Switch Mounting Stroke
(mm)

Auto switch model

No. of auto switch mounted

D-A9
D-A9V
D-M9V

20

25

D-M9W
D-M9WV
D-M9AVL
D-M9AL

40

50

1 pc.

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

2 pcs.

10
10

1 pc.

D-M9

32

10

1 pc.

10

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

10

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

10
5

2 pcs.

D-Y59
D-Y7P

2 pcs.

10

D-Y69
D-Y7PV

1 pc.

2 pcs.

1 pc.

10

2 pcs.

15

1 pc.

10

10
5

10

1 pc.

15

2 pcs.

D-P4DWL

100

15
10

1 pc.

D-Z7
D-Z80

D-Y7BAL

80

2 pcs.

2 pcs.

D-Y7W
D-Y7WV

63

1 pc.

10

2 pcs., Different surfaces

20

2 pcs., Same surface

75

D-P4DW can be mounted on the bore sizes 32 to 100.

Operating Range

Auto Switch Mounting Bracket: Part No.


(mm)
Bore size (mm)

Auto switch model

20

25

32

40

50

D-A9/A9V

9.5

9.5

D-M9/M9V
D-M9W/M9WV
D-M9AL/M9AVL

5.5

5.5

10

10.5

10.5

6.5

D-Z7/Z80
D-Y5/Y6
D-Y7P/Y7PV
D-Y7W/Y7WV
D-Y7BAL
D-P4DWL

10

63

80

100

10.5

10.5

6.5

10.5

11.5

11.5

12

9.5

10

11

Auto switch model

Bore size (mm)

20 to 32

D-A9/A9V
D-M9/M9V
D-M9W/M9WV
D-M9AL/M9AVL
D-P4DWL

40 to 100
BMG2-012

BMG1-040

. D-A9(V), M9(V), M9W(V), M9A(V)L

7.5

BMG2-012

Since this is a guideline including hysteresis, not meant to be


guaranteed. (Assuming approximately 30% dispersion) There may be
the case it will vary substantially depending on an ambient environment.

Other than the applicable auto switches listed in How to Order, the following auto switches can be
mounted. For detailed specifications, refer to pages 1719 to 1827.
Auto switch model
Reed

Solid state

Model
D-Z73, Z76
D-Z80
D-Y69A, Y69B, Y7PV
D-Y7NWV, Y7PWV, Y7BWV
D-Y59A, Y59B, Y7P
D-Y7NW, Y7PW, Y7BW
D-Y7BAL
D-P5DWL

Electrical entry (Fetching direction)

Grommet (In-line)
Grommet (Perpendicular)

Features

Without indicator light

Diagnostic indication (2-color)

Grommet (In-line)

Diagnostic indication (2-color indication)


Water resistant (2-color indication)
Magnetic field resistant (2-color indication)

For solid state auto switches, auto switches with a pre-wired connector are also available. Refer to pages 1784 and 1785.
Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H/Y7G/Y7H types) are also available. Refer to pages 1746 and 1748 for details.

908

Compact Guide Cylinder /Wide type New


20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63

Doubling the guide pitch


triple the allowable plate rotational torque.

1.84 lbf ft
(2.5 N m

For MGPWM20-50

Allowable rotational torque

0.55 lbf ft

0.75 N m)

Wide

Basic

Wide

Basic

The allowable rotational torque of the plate is improved by up


to 3 times by making the guide pitch twice the basic type and
placing the guide components at an optimal location.
Suitable when used as a pusher or lifter.

Non-rotating accuracy of the plate improved

0.03
Wide type

For MGPWL20

Non-rotating accuracy

0.09
Basic type

For MGPL20

The plate non-rotating accuracy is improved due to the


increase in guide pitch.

Equivalent weight

New MGPWM Equivalent

Basic type

weight

to the basic type

Although the volume is 170% more than the MGP basic type,
the weight of the MGP wide type is equivalent to the basic
type by changing the plate material and optimizing the
component dimensions.

Series MGPW

CAT.NAS20-228A

Compact Guide Cylinder/Wide Type

3 bearing types are available for various applications.


Slide bearing

Series MGPWM

Transfer of large workpieces

Suitable for lateral load


applications

Slide bearing

Ball bushing Series MGPWL


Smooth operation suitable for
pusher and lifter

Ball bushing

High precision ball bushing Series MGPWA


Suitable for minimizing plate
displacement
High precision ball bushing
Load from lateral
direction

Displacement

Knock pin hole available


as made to order.

If a knock pin is required on the plate or body, "XC56: With


knock pin holes" model is available as a made to order.
Plate

Small auto switches or magnetic


field resistant auto switches can
be mounted on 2 surfaces.
2-color display
solid state auto switch

Body

D-M9
Reed auto switch

D-A9
Magnetic field resistant
2-color display solid state
auto switch

D-P3DW

The D-Y7 and D-Z7 auto switches are not mountable.

Top ported

3 mounting types are possible.


1. Top mounting

Side porting is available


as made to order.
The port is located on the top of the body in the
standard type, but if side porting is required, it is also
available. (X867: Side porting type)

Features 1

2. Side mounting

3. Bottom mounting

Series MGPW

Compact Guide Cylinders, Series Variations


Series

Bearing type

Bore size (mm)

10

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

Page

80 100

CAT.ES20-219

Basic type/MGP

Slide bearing

With air cushion/MGP-A

Best Pneumatics

Ball bushing

P.289

High precision
ball bushing

With end lock/MGP-H/R

Best Pneumatics

P.307

LOCK

Slide bearing

Wide type/MGPW

Ball bushing

New

Page 2 of
this catalog

High precision
ball bushing

Best Pneumatics

Clean series/12/13-MGP
Ball bushing

P.283

Best Pneumatics

Water-resistant/MGP R/V

P.283

Heavy duty guide rod type/MGPS

Best Pneumatics

Slide bearing

P.319

Miniature Guide Rod Cylinder/MGJ

Best Pneumatics

P.255

Best Pneumatics

Compact Guide Cylinder with Lock/MLGP

Slide bearing
CK
LO

P.881

Ball bushing
Hygienic Design Cylinder/HYG

Best Pneumatics

Slide bearing

New

P.873

Series MGPW (Wide type), Stroke Variations


Bearing type

Bore size (mm)

MGPWM
Slide bearing

20

MGPWL
Ball bushing

32

MGPWA
High precision
ball bushing

Stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

25
40
50
63

Features 2

Series MGPW

Specific Product Precautions

Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back cover for Safety Instructions, Handling Precautions for SMC Products (M-E03-3) and the Operation
Manual for Actuator, Precautions and Auto Switch Precautions. Please download it via our website, http://www.smcworld.com

Mounting

Mounting

Warning

Caution

1. Never place your hands or fingers between the plate and


the body.
Be very careful to prevent your hands or
fingers from getting caught in the gap
between the cylinder body and the plate
when air is applied.

7. Tighten the screws to the correct tightening torques


specified in the table below when mounting parts on
top of the cylinder.

LA

Caution
1. Use cylinders within the piston speed range.
An orifice is set for this cylinder, but the piston speed may exceed
the operating range if the speed controller is not used. If the cylinder
is used outside the operating speed range, it may cause damage to
the cylinder and shorten the service life. Adjust the speed by
installing the speed controller and use the cylinder within the limited
range.

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

2. Pay attention to the operating speed when the product is


mounted vertically.
When using the product in the vertical direction, if the load factor is
large, the operating speed can be faster than the control speed of
the speed controller (i.e. quick extension).
In such cases, it is recommended to use a dual speed controller.

3. Do not scratch or gouge the sliding portion of the piston


rod and the guide rod.
Damaged seals, etc. will result in leakage or malfunction.

4. Do not dent or scratch the mounting surface of a body


and a plate.

M5
M6
M8

Caution

Load mass and a maximum speed must be within the ranges


shown in the graph below.

MGPW with Rubber Bumper

63

100

5. Make sure that the cylinder mounting surface has a


flatness of 0.05 mm or less.

50
40

Insufficient flatness of a workpiece or bracket mounted on the


mounting surface or plate of the cylinder and other parts can cause
defective operation and an increase in the sliding resistance.

32
25

6. Bottom of cylinder

10

D
Bypass port dia.

Load mass (kg)

20

B 0.2

C 0.2

LA dimension
(mm)
30.5
2.21 to 2.95 (3.0 to 4.0)
36.5
40.5
3.84 to 4.72 (5.2 to 6.4)
46.5
54.5
9.22 to 11.4 (12.5 to 15.5)
68.5
Tightening torque
lbf ft (N m)

Allowable Kinetic Energy

The flatness of the mounting surface may not be maintained, which


would cause an increase in sliding resistance.

The guide rods protrude from the bottom of the cylinder at the end of
the retracting stroke, and therefore, in cases where the cylinder is to
be bottom mounted, it is necessary to provide bypass ports in the
mounting surface for the guide rods, as well as holes for the
hexagon socket head cap screws which are used for mounting.

Hexagon socket head


cap screw

0.1

A 0.2

0.05
Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

(mm)
126
146
176
192
240
266

(mm)
24
30
34
40
46
58

D (mm)
Hexagon socket
(mm) MGPWM MGPWL/A head cap screw
C

108
128
156
172
220
248

12
14
18
18
22
22

12
15
18
18
22
22

M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

100

1000
Maximum speed (mm/s)

Other

Caution
Do not use this cylinder as a stopper.

Compact Guide Cylinder/Wide Type

Series MGPW

20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63


How to Order

Compact Guide Cylinder

MGP W M 25

50 M9BW
Number of auto
switches

Compact Guide Cylinder

Nil

Wide type
Auto switch

Bearing type
Slide bearing
M
Ball bushing
L
A High precision ball bushing

Nil

40
50
63

20 mm
25 mm
32 mm

Without auto switch


(Built-in magnet)

For applicable auto switch


model, refer to the table below.

Bore size
20
25
32

2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.

S
n

Cylinder stroke (mm)

40 mm
50 mm
63 mm

Refer to Standard Strokes on page 3.

Port thread type


Nil

Rc
NPT
G

TN
TF

Reed auto
switch

Solid state auto switch

Type

Special function

Electrical
entry

Indicator light

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 in Best Pneumatics No. 3 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage

Wiring
(Output)

3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Diagnostic indication
3-wire (PNP)
Grommet Yes
(2-color display)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Water-resistant
3-wire (PNP)
(2-color display)
2-wire
2-wire (Non-polar)
Magnetic field resistant (2-color display)
3-wire
Yes (NPN equivalent)
Grommet

2-wire
No

DC

Auto switch model


AC

5 V,12 V

12 V
5 V,12 V
24 V

12 V

5 V,12 V
12 V

24 V

Perpendicular

M9NV
M9PV
M9BV
M9NWV
M9PWV
M9BWV
M9NAV
M9PAV
M9BAV

In-line

M9N
M9P
M9B
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
M9NA
M9PA
M9BA
P3DW

Lead wire length (m)


0.5 1 3 5 Pre-wired
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z) connector

Applicable
load
IC circuit

IC circuit

Relay,
PLC

IC circuit

5V

A96V

A96

12 V

100 V
100 V or less

A93V
A90V

A93
A90

IC circuit

Relay,
IC circuit PLC

Water-resistant type auto switch can be mounted to the models with the above mentioned part numbers, but this does not guarantee the water
resistance of the cylinder. A water-resistant type cylinder is recommended for use in an environment which requires water resistance.
Lead wire length symbols:
0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Bore sizes 32 to 63 are available for the D-P3DW.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 19 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785 in Best Pneumatics No. 3.
For the D-P3DW , refer to the catalog CAT. ES20-201.
Auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled).

Series MGPW
Specifications
20

Bore size (mm)

25

32

Action

40

50

63

Double acting

Fluid

Air

Proof pressure

218 psi (1.5 MPa)

Maximum operating pressure

145 psi (1.0 MPa)

Minimum operating pressure

14.5 psi (0.1 MPa)

Ambient and fluid temperature

14 to 140 F (10 to 60C) (No freezing)

Piston speed Note)

50 to 500 mm/s

Cushion

Rubber bumper on both ends

Lubrication

Not required (Non-lube)


+1.5
0

Stroke length tolerance

mm

Note) Speed with no load

Standard Strokes
Bore size (mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

20 to 63

25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

Refer to pages 18 to 20 for cylinders with


auto switches.
Auto switch proper mounting position
(detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

to
Made
Order

Manufacture of Intermediate Strokes

Made to Order

(For details, refer to pages 22 and 23.)

Symbol

Description

Spacer installation
Spacers are installed in the standard stroke cylinder.
20 to 32: Available by the 1 mm stroke interval.
40 to 63: Available by the 5 mm stroke interval.

Part no.

Refer to How to Order for the standard model numbers.

Applicable stroke (mm)

Description

-XC56 With knock pin holes


-X867 Side porting type

20 to 32

1 to 199

40 to 63

5 to 195

Part no.: MGPWM20-49


A spacer 1 mm in width is installed in a MGPWM20-50.
C dimension (Body length): 84 mm

Example

Theoretical Output
OUT

IN

lbf (N)
Operating pressure psi (MPa)
Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area
(mm)
(mm)
direction
(mm2)

20
25
32
40
50
63

10
10
14
14
18
18

29
(0.2)

44
(0.3)

73
(0.5)

87
(0.6)

102
(0.7)

116
(0.8)

131
(0.9)

145
(1.0)

OUT

314

14.2 (63)

21.2 (94)

28.3 (126)

35.3 (157)

42.3 (188)

49.5 (220)

56.4 (251)

63.6 (283)

IN

236

10.6 (47)

16.0 (71)

21.1 (94)

26.5 (118)

31.7 (141)

37.1 (165)

42.3 (188)

47.6 (212)

53.1 (236)

OUT

491

22.0 (98)

33.0 (147)

44.0 (196)

55.1 (245)

66.3 (295)

77.3 (344)

88.3 (393)

99.4 (442)

110.4 (491)

IN

412

18.4 (82)

27.9 (124)

37.1 (165)

46.3 (206)

55.5 (247)

65.0 (289)

74.2 (330)

83.4 (371)

92.6 (412)

OUT

804

36.2 (161)

54.2(241)

72.4 (322)

90.4 (402)

108.6 (483)

126.6 (563)

144.6 (643)

162.8 (724)

180.7 (804)

70.6 (314)

102.3 (455)

IN

650

29.2 (130)

43.8 (195)

58.4 (260)

73.1 (325)

87.7 (390)

116.9 (520)

131.5 (585)

146.1 (650)

OUT

1257

56.4 (251)

84.8(377)

113.0 (503)

141.2 (628)

169.5 (754)

197.8 (880) 226.0 (1005)

254.3 (1131)

282.6 (1257)

123.9 (551)

148.8 (662)

173.6 (772)

IN

1103

49.7 (221)

74.4 (331)

99.1 (441)

OUT

1963

88.3 (393)

132.4 (589)

176.5 (785)

IN

1709

76.9 (342)

115.3 (513)

153.8 (684)

OUT

3117

140.4 (623)

210.1 (935) 280.3 (1247)

IN

2863

128.8 (573)

193.1 (859) 257.4 (1145)

Note) Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm2)

58
(0.4)

198.3 (882)

223.0 (992)

248.0 (1103)

220.8 (982) 264.8 (1178) 308.9 (1374) 353.2 (1571)


192.2 (855) 230.4 (1025) 268.8 (1196) 307.3 (1367)

397.2 (1767)

441.3 (1963)

345.8 (1538)

384.2 (1709)

350.5 (1559) 420.4 (1870) 490.5 (2182) 560.7 (2494)


321.7 (1431) 386.2 (1718) 450.5 (2004) 514.8 (2290)

630.8 (2806)

700.7 (3117)

579.1 (2576)

643.6 (2863)

Compact Guide Cylinder/Wide Type Series

MGPW

Weight
Slide Bearing: MGPWM
Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

(kg)
Standard stroke (mm)

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

0.63

0.86

1.11

1.33

1.54

1.76

1.98

2.20

0.84

1.11

1.47

1.74

2.01

2.28

2.55

2.82

1.31

1.71

2.22

2.61

3.00

3.38

3.77

4.15

1.53

1.98

2.54

2.97

3.40

3.83

4.26

4.69

2.45

3.12

4.01

4.66

5.31

5.96

6.61

7.26

3.25

4.07

5.12

5.91

6.71

7.51

8.31

9.11

Ball Bushing: MGPWL/High Precision Ball Bushing: MGPWA


Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

(kg)

Standard stroke (mm)


25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

0.65

0.92

1.15

1.37

1.61

1.83

2.05

2.28

0.89

1.23

1.52

1.81

2.11

2.40

2.68

2.97

1.36

1.76

2.22

2.61

3.03

3.41

3.80

4.18

1.58

2.02

2.53

2.96

3.43

3.86

4.29

4.72

2.51

3.19

3.94

4.59

5.26

5.91

6.55

7.20

3.32

4.14

5.04

5.84

6.66

7.46

8.26

9.06
1 kg = 2.2 lb

Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate


Torque: T (Nm)

T (Nm)
Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

Bearing type

MGPWM
MGPWL/A
MGPWM
MGPWL/A
MGPWM
MGPWL/A
MGPWM
MGPWL/A
MGPWM
MGPWL/A
MGPWM
MGPWL/A

Stroke (mm)
25

50

75

2.10

1.63

1.74

100
1.51

125
1.34

150
1.20

175
1.08

200
0.99

3.97

4.36

3.46

2.87

3.93

3.45

3.07

2.76

3.53

2.74

3.28

2.90

2.59

2.34

2.14

1.97

6.88

6.78

5.43

4.51

6.27

5.51

4.90

4.40

7.98

6.39

7.00

6.19

5.54

5.02

4.59

4.22

11.13

8.48

11.14

9.36

12.46

11.00

9.83

8.87

8.80

7.04

7.72

6.82

6.11

5.54

5.06

4.66

12.26

9.34

12.27

10.31

13.73

12.12

10.83

9.77

17.57

14.28

16.17

14.44

13.04

11.89

10.93

10.11

17.08

13.20

19.64

16.62

20.45

18.10

16.19

14.61

19.80

16.09

18.23

16.28

14.70

13.41

12.32

11.40

19.18

14.81

22.07

18.66

22.98

20.33

18.18

16.39

1 Nm = 0.737 lbf ft

Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate


+

Non-rotating accuracy when the plate is retracted and when no load is applied
is not more than the values shown in the table as a guide line.
Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

Non-rotating accuracy

MGPWM

MGPWL

MGPWA

0.03

0.01

0.05
0.04

0.03

Series

MGPW

High Precision Ball Bushing/MGPWA Plate Displacement Amount (Reference Values)


Load from lateral direction
Displacement

0.5
0.4

MGPWA20-200
MGPWA20-150

0.3

MGPWA20-100

0.2

MGPWA20-50

0.1
0

20
40
Load from lateral direction (N)

60

Plate displacement amount (mm)

0.4

32

MGPWA 40-200
32

MGPWA 40-150

0.3

32

0.2

MGPWA 40-100

0.1

MGPWA 32
40-50

40

60

80

100

0.4

MGPWA25-200
0.3

MGPWA25-150

0.2

MGPWA25-100

0.1

MGPWA25-50
20

40

60

80

0.5
50

0.4

MGPWA 63-200

0.3

50

MGPWA 63-150

0.2

MGPWA 50
63-100

0.1
0

Load from lateral direction (N)


Note 1) The guide rod and self-weight for the plate are not included in the above displacement values.
Note 2) Allowable rotating torque, and operating range when used as a lifter, are the same as MGPWL series.

20

MGPWA50, 63

0.5

0.5

Load from lateral direction (N)

MGPWA25

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPWA32, 40

Plate displacement amount (mm)

Plate displacement amount (mm)

MGPWA20

20

40

60

MGPWA 50
63-50

80

100

Load from lateral direction (N)


1 N = 0.2248 lbf

Series

MGPW

Model Selection
Selection Conditions
Vertical
L

Horizontal
L

L
L

Mounting orientation
m

Maximum speed (mm/s)

200 or less

400

200 or less

400

Graph (Slide bearing type)

(1), (2)

(3), (4)

(17), (18)

(19), (20)

Graph (Ball bushing type)

(5) to (10)

(11) to (16)

(21) to (24)

(25) to (28)

Selection Example 1 (Vertical Mounting)

Selection Example 2 (Horizontal Mounting)

Selection conditions
Mounting: Vertical
Bearing type: Ball bushing
Stroke: 50 stroke
Maximum speed: 200 mm/s
Load mass: 5 kg
Eccentric distance: 90 mm
Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 3 kg and the eccentric
distance of 90 mm on graph (6), based on vertical mounting, ball
bushing, 50 stroke, and the speed of 200 mm/s.
MGPWL20-50 is selected.

Selection conditions
Mounting: Horizontal
Bearing type: Slide bearing
Distance between plate and load center of gravity: 50 mm
Maximum speed: 200 mm/s
Load mass: 2 kg
Stroke: 30 stroke
Find the point of intersection for the load mass of 2 kg and 30 stroke on
graph (17), based on horizontal mounting, slide bearing, the distance of
50 mm between the plate and load center of gravity, and the speed of
200 mm/s.
MGPWM20-30 is selected.

(6) 26 to 100 stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(17) L = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less


220 (100)

22 (10)

25

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

20

2.2 (1)

50, 63

50, 63

22 (10) 32, 40

32, 40

25
20

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

2.2 (1)
10

25
20

50 51

100

200

Stroke (mm)

When the maximum speed exceeds 200 mm/s, the allowable load mass is determined by multiplying the value shown in the graph at 400 mm/s by the
coefficient listed in the table below.
Max. speed Up to 300 mm/s Up to 400 mm/s Up to 500 mm/s
Coefficient
1.7
1
0.6

Series

MGPW

Vertical Mounting

L
m

Slide bearing

Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWM20 to 63
(2) Over 50 stroke, V = 200 mm/s or less

(1) 50 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less


220 (100)

22 (10)

220 (100)

63

63

50

50

40

40

32

22 (10)

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

25
20

2.2 (1)

32
25
20

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)
10

100

0.2 (0.1)
10

Eccentric distance L (mm)

(3) 50 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s or less

(4) Over 50 stroke, V = 400 mm/s or less

220 (100)

220 (100)

63

63
22 (10)

50

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

40
32
25
2.2 (1) 20

50
40

32
25
2.2 (1)

20

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

L
m

Vertical Mounting

Model Selection

Ball bushing

Series MGPW
Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWL20 to 25, MGPWA20 to 25


(5) 25 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(6) Over 26 stroke, 100 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less


22 (10)

25

25

20

20

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

(7) Over 101 stroke, 200 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less
22 (10)

25

Load mass m lb (kg)

20

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

Series

MGPW

Vertical Mounting

L
m

Ball bushing

Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWL32 to 63, MGPWA32 to 63


(8) 50 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

(9) Over 51 stroke, 100 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

220 (100)

220 (100)

63

63

50

50

40

40

32

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)

2.2 (1)

10

100

Eccentric distance L (mm)

220 (100)

63
50
40
32

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)

10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

0.2 (0.1)

10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

(10) Over 101 stroke, 200 stroke or less, V = 200 mm/s or less

32

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

L
m

Vertical Mounting

Model Selection

Ball bushing

Series MGPW
Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWL20 to 25, MGPWA20 to 25


(11) 25 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

(12) Over 26 stroke, 100 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s


22 (10)

25

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

2.2 (1) 20

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

25
2.2 (1)

20

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

(13) Over 101 stroke, 200 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

2.2 (1)

25

20

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

10

Series MGPW
Vertical Mounting

L
m

Ball bushing

Operating pressure 73 psi (0.5 MPa)

MGPWL32 to 63, MGPWA32 to 63


(14) 50 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

(15) Over 51 stroke, 100 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

220 (100)

220 (100)

63
22 (10)

50

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

63

40
32

2.2 (1)

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

220 (100)

63
Load mass m lb (kg)

32

50
40

32

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

0.2 (0.1)
10

100
Eccentric distance L (mm)

(16) Over 101 stroke, 200 stroke or less, V = 400 mm/s

11

40

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)
10

22 (10)

50

Model Selection Series

L
L

Horizontal Mounting

Slide bearing

MGPW

MGPWM20 to 63
(17) L = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(18) L = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less


220 (100)

50, 63

50, 63

22 (10) 32, 40

32, 40

25
20

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

220 (100)

22 (10)

50, 63
32, 40

25
25

20

50 51

100

2.2 (1)
10

200

Stroke (mm)

50 51

100

200

100

200

(20) L = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s

220 (100)

220 (100)

63

63

50

50

40

40

32

32

25

25

20

20

2.2 (1)

0.2 (0.1)
10

50 51
Stroke (mm)

22 (10)
Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

20

Stroke (mm)

(19) L = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s

22 (10)

32, 40

25

20

2.2 (1)
10

50, 63

50, 63

50, 63

40

40

32

32

25
20
2.2 (1)

100

200

0.2 (0.1)
10

25
20

50 51
Stroke (mm)

12

Series

MGPW

Horizontal Mounting

L
L

Ball bushing

MGPWL20 to 25, MGPWA20 to 25


(21) L = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(22) L = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less


220 (100)

22 (10) 25

25

25

20

20

20

2.2 (1)
10

25 26

100 101

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

220 (100)

50, 63

22 (10)

32, 40

2.2 (1)
10

200

50, 63

50, 63

32, 40

32, 40

50 51

Stroke (mm)

100 101

200

Stroke (mm)

MGPWL32 to 63, MGPWA32 to 63


(23) L = 50 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

(24) L = 100 mm, V = 200 mm/s or less

22 (10)

220 (100)

25
20

2.2 (1)
10

25

25

20

20

25 26

100 101
Stroke (mm)

13

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

220 (100)

200

50, 63
50, 63
32, 40

22 (10)

50, 63
32, 40

32, 40

2.2 (1)
10

50 51

100 101
Stroke (mm)

200

Model Selection Series

L
L

Horizontal Mounting

Ball bushing

MGPW

MGPWL20 to 25, MGPWA20 to 25


(25) L = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s or less

(26) L = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s or less

20 (10)

200 (100)

25

Load mass m lb (kg)

Load mass m lb (kg)

25

25
2.2 (1) 20

20
20

0.2 (0.1)
10

25 26

100 101

63

63

50

50

50

40

40

40

32

32

32

63

22 (10)

0.2 (1)
10

200

50 51

Stroke (mm)

100 101

200

Stroke (mm)

MGPWL32 to 63, MGPWA32 to 63


(27) L = 50 mm, V = 400 mm/s or less

(28) L = 100 mm, V = 400 mm/s or less


220 (100)

Load mass m lb (kg)

25

20

25

Load mass m lb (kg)

22 (10)

25

20
20

2.2 (1)

25 26

100 101
Stroke (mm)

200

63

50

50

40

40

32

32

63
22 (10)

50
40

32

0.2 (0.1)
10

63

2.2 (1)
10

50 51

100 101

200

Stroke (mm)

14

Series MGPW
Construction/Series MGPWM, MGPWL, MGPWA
MGPWM20 to 63

40 or more

MGPWL20 to 63
MGPWA20 to 63

100 stroke or less


40 or more

Over 100 stroke

Component Parts
No.
Description
1 Body
2 Piston
3

Piston rod

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Collar
Head cover
Guide rod
Plate
Plate mounting bolt
Guide bolt
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
Bumper A
Bumper B
Magnet
Slide bearing

15

Component Parts
Material
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Carbon steel
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Carbon steel
Aluminum alloy
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon tool steel
Carbon tool steel
Urethane
Urethane

Babbitt

Note
Hard anodized
Chromated
20 to 25
32 to 63 Hard chrome plated
Chromated
Chromated
Hard chrome plated
Anodized
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Phosphate coated
Phosphate coated

No.
16
17
18
19
20
21

Description
Ball bushing
Spacer
Piston seal
Rod seal
Gasket A
Gasket B

Material

Note

Aluminum alloy
NBR
NBR
NBR
NBR

Replacement Parts/Seal Kit


Bore size
(mm)

Kit no.

Contents

Bore size
(mm)

Kit no.

Contents

20
25
32

MGP20-Z-PS
MGP25-Z-PS
MGP32-Z-PS

Set of nos.
above
, ,
,

40
50
63

MGP40-Z-PS
MGP50-Z-PS
MGP63-Z-PS

Set of nos.
above
, ,
,

Seal kit includes to . Order the seal kit, based on each bore size.
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)

Compact Guide Cylinder/Wide Type Series

MGPW

20 to 63/MGPWM
Z

Stroke

4 x YY depth YL

Stroke

4 x MM depth ML

V
H

X
U

PW

T
R

DA

4 x NN through

DB

2xP

OL
GA
FA

GB

4 x OA through

FB

2 x OB counterbore

C + Stroke

B + Stroke

J
E

K
G

A + Stroke
For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to Manufacture of Intermediate Strokes on page 3.

MGPWM Common Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

Standard stroke (mm)

25, 50, 75, 100,


125, 150, 175, 200

(mm)

50 st
or less

Over 50
stroke

62
63.5
76.5
76.5
85
85

92
113.5
116.5
116.5
135
135

Bore size
(mm)

MM

ML

NN

OA

OB

OL

20
25
32
40
50
63

M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

13
15
20
20
22
22

M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

5.4
5.4
6.7
6.7
8.6
8.6

9.5
9.5
11
11
14
14

30.5
36.5
40.5
46.5
54.5
68.5

DA

DB

44.5
47
52
56
60.5
67.5

34
35
37
41
42
49

10
10
14
14
18
18

10
12
16
16
20
20

Nil
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/4
Rc1/4

P
TN

TF

NPT1/8
NPT1/8
NPT1/8
NPT1/8
NPT1/4
NPT1/4

G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4

E
50 st
or less

Over 50
stroke

17.5
16.5
24.5
20.5
24.5
17.5

47.5
66.5
64.5
60.5
74.5
67.5

FA

FB

GA

GB

7.5
9
10
10
12.5
12.5

3
3
5
5
6
6

36
42
48
54
64
78

9.9 7.5
10.3 8.7
11.4 9
13.5 10.5
14
11.1
15.5 13.5

137
157
190
206
258
286

18
21
24
27
32
39

18
21
24
27
32
39

24
30
34
40
46
58

PW

YY

YL

17
18
26
27
28.5
30

14
16
20
20
26
30

64
68
78
92
132
160

24
26
35
35
44
48

123
146
178
193
247
274

108
128
156
172
220
248

126
146
176
192
240
266

76
92
112
128
168
196

M6 x 1
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

9
9
12
12
15
15

20
20
20
23
25
27

16

Series MGPW

20 to 63/MGPWL, MGPWA
Z

Stroke

4 x YY depth YL

Stroke

4 x MM depth ML

X
PW

T
R

DA

4 x NN through

DB

2xP

OL
GA
FA

GB

4 x OA through
2 x OB counterbore

FB

C + Stroke

B + Stroke

K
G

A + Stroke
For intermediate strokes other than standard strokes, refer to Manufacture of Intermediate Strokes on page 3.

MGPWL, MGPWA Common Dimensions


Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

(mm)

Standard stroke (mm)

DA

DB

FA

FB

GA

GB

MM

ML

25, 50, 75, 100,


125, 150, 175, 200

44.5
47
52
56
60.5
67.5

34
35
37
41
42
49

10
10
14
14
18
18

10
13
16
16
20
20

7.5
9
10
10
12.5
12.5

3
3
5
5
6
6

36
42
48
54
64
78

9.9
10.3
11.4
13.5
14
15.5

7.5
8.7
9
10.5
11.1
13.5

137
157
190
206
258
286

18
21
24
27
32
39

18
21
24
27
32
39

24
30
34
40
46
58

M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

13
15
20
20
22
22

Bore size
(mm)

NN

OA

OB

OL

20
25
32
40
50
63

M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

5.4
5.4
6.7
6.7
8.6
8.6

9.5
9.5
11
11
14
14

30.5
36.5
40.5
46.5
54.5
68.5

Nil
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/4
Rc1/4

P
TN

TF

NPT1/8
NPT1/8
NPT1/8
NPT1/8
NPT1/4
NPT1/4

G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4

MGPWL, MGPWA 20, 25/A, E Dimensions


A

PW

YY

YL

17
18
26
27
28.5
30

14
16
20
20
26
30

64
68
78
92
132
160

24
26
35
35
44
48

123
146
178
193
247
274

108
128
156
172
220
248

126
146
176
192
240
266

76
92
112
128
168
196

M6 x 1
M6 x 1
M8 x 1.25
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5

9
9
12
12
15
15

20
20
20
23
25
27

(mm)

Bore size
(mm)

25 st
or less

Over 25 st
100 st or less

Over
100 st

25 st
or less

Over 25 st
100 st or less

Over
100 st

20
25

53.5
61.5

70.5
77.5

94.5
96.5

9
14.5

26
30.5

50
49.5

17

MGPWL, MGPWA 32 to 63/A, E Dimensions


A

(mm)

Bore size
(mm)

50 st
or less

Over 50 st
100 st or less

Over
100 st

50 st
or less

Over 50 st
100 st or less

Over
100 st

32
40
50
63

72.5
72.5
82
82

89.5
89.5
103
103

109.5
109.5
123
123

20.5
16.5
21.5
14.5

37.5
33.5
42.5
35.5

57.5
53.5
62.5
55.5

Series

MGPW

Auto Switch Mounting 1

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
20 to 63

D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
D-A9
D-A9

V
W
WV
A
AV
V

Hs

32 to 63

D-P3DW

Hs

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position


Applicable Cylinder Series: MGPW
Auto
switch
model

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
A
11
10.5
12
14
13.5
16.5

V
W
WV
A
AV
B
11
12.5
13
15
16
20

D-A9
D-A9 V
A

7
6.5
8
10
9.5
12.5

7
8.5
9
11
12
16

(mm)

D-P3DW

7.5
8.5
9.5
10.5
9
11.5
12
15.5
Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the
actual setting.

Auto Switch Mounting Height


Auto
switch
model

Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

D-M9 V
D-M9 WV
D-M9 AV

(mm)

D-A9 V

D-P3DW

Hs

Hs

Hs

24.5
26
29
33
38.5
45.5

22
24
26.5
30.5
36
43

33
37
42.5
49.5

18

Series

MGPW

Auto Switch Mounting 2

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting

(mm)
Auto switch model

D-M9

No. of auto switches mounted


1 pc.

D-M9 W
D-M9 WV
D-M9 AV
D-M9 A
D-M9 V
D-A9 V
D-A9
D-P3DW

20

25

32

40

5 Note 1)

50
5

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

5 Note 2)

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

5 Note 2)

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

5 Note 2)

2 pcs.

10 Note 2)

1 pc.

2 pcs.

1 pc.

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

2 pcs.

10

1 pc.

15

2 pcs.

15

Note 1) Confirm that it is possible to secure the minimum bending radius of 10 mm of the auto switch lead wire before use.
Note 2) Confirm that it is possible to securely set the auto switch(es) within the range of indicator green light ON range before use.
For in-line entry type, please also consider Note 1) shown above.
Note 3) The D-P3DW can be mounted on bore sizes 32 to 63.

Other than the applicable auto switches listed in How to Order, the following auto switches are mountable.
Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 in Best Pneumatics No. 3 for detailed specifications.
Type
Solid state switch

Model
D-P4DW

Electrical entry

Features

Grommet (In-line)

Diagnostic indication (2-color display)


Bore size: 32 to 63

With pre-wired connector is also available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to pages 1784 and 1785 in Best Pneumatics No. 3.
Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H) are also available. For details, refer to page 1746 in Best Pneumatics No. 3.
When installing the D-P4DW, use the BMG7-032 auto switch mounting bracket.

19

63

Auto Switch Mounting Series

MGPW

Auto Switch Mounting Brackets/Part No.


Applicable Cylinder Series: MGPWM, MGPWL, MGPWA
D-M9
D-M9
D-M9
D-A9

Applicable
auto switches

/M9 V
W/M9 WV
A/M9 AV
/A9 V

D-P3DW

20 to 63

32 to 63

Auto switch mounting


bracket part no.

BQ6-032S

Auto switch
mounting bracket
fitting parts
lineup/Weight

Bore size (mm)

Hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 6 L)


Auto switch mounting bracket (nut)
Weight: 5 g

Surfaces with auto switch mounting slot

Surfaces with auto switch mounting slot

Auto switch
mounting surfaces

Auto switch
mounting screw

Auto switch

Mounting of
auto switch

When tightening the auto switch mounting screw, use a


watchmakers screwdriver with a handle 5 to 6 mm in diameter.

Tightening Torque for Auto Switch Mounting Screw


Auto switch model

Tightening torque

D-M9 (V)
D-M9 W(V)
D-M9 A(V)

0.037 to 0.11 lbfft


(0.05 to 0.15 Nm)

D-A9 (V)

0.074 to 0.15 lbfft


(0.10 to 0.20 Nm)

Fix the auto switch and the auto switch mounting bracket
temporarily by tightening the attached hexagon socket head cap
screw (M2.5 x 9.5 L) 1 to 2 turns.
Insert the temporarily tightened mounting bracket into the
mating groove of the cylinder tube, and slide the auto switch
onto the cylinder tube through the groove.
Check the detecting position of the auto switch and fix the auto
switch firmly with the hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 6
L, M2.5 x 9.5 L).
If the detecting position is changed, go back to step .
The hexagon socket head cap screw (M2.5 x 6 L) is used to fix
the mounting bracket and cylinder tube. This enables the
replacement of the auto switch without adjusting the auto switch
position.
Note 1) Ensure that the auto switch is covered with the mating
groove to protect the auto switch.
Note 2) The tightening torque for the hexagon socket head cap
screw (M2.5 x 6 L, M2.5 x 9.5 L) is 0.15 to 0.22 lbfft (0.2
to 0.3 Nm).
Note 3) Tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws evenly.
Hexagon socket head cap screw
(attached to auto switch) (M2.5 x 9.5 L)

Hexagon socket head


cap screw (M2.5 x 6 L)
BQ6-032S
Auto switch
mounting bracket

Note) Auto switch mounting brackets and auto switches are enclosed with the cylinder for shipment.
For an environment that needs the water-resistant auto switch, select the D-M9 A(V) type.

20

Prior to Use

Auto Switch Connection and Example


Sink Input Specifications

Source Input Specifications

3-wire, NPN

3-wire, PNP

Brown

Auto switch

Input

Black

Brown
Black

Auto switch

Blue

Blue
COM

2-wire

Brown

Input

COM

(PLC internal circuit)

2-wire

Input

(PLC internal circuit)

Brown COM
Auto switch

Auto switch

Blue

Blue
COM

Input

(PLC internal circuit)

(PLC internal circuit)

Connect according to the applicable PLC input specifications, as the connection method will vary depending on the PLC input specifications.

Example of AND (Series) and OR (Parallel) Connection


3-wire,
AND connection for NPN output
(Using relays)

Brown
Auto switch 1

Auto switch 2

Relay

Black

3-wire,
OR connection for NPN output

(Performed with auto switches only)


Brown
Load
Auto switch 1

Brown

Black Load

Auto switch 1

Blue

Blue

Blue

Brown

Brown

Brown

Black

Auto switch 2

Blue

Black

Auto switch 2

Blue

(Performed with auto switches only)

Brown

Auto switch 2

Brown

Brown

Relay
Auto switch 1

Black

Auto switch 1

Black

Blue

Blue

Blue

Brown

Brown

Brown

Black

Black Load

Auto switch 2
Load

Blue

2-wire,
AND connection

Blue
Brown
Auto switch 2

Black

Load

Blue

2-wire,
OR connection
Load

Auto switch 1

Auto switch 2

Blue

Brown

When two auto switches are


connected in series,
malfunction may occur
because the load voltage will
decrease in the ON state.
The indicator lights will light
up when both of the auto
switches are in the ON state.

Blue

Brown

(Solid state)

(Reed)

Blue

When two auto switches


are connected in parallel,
malfunction may occur
because the load voltage
will increase in the OFF
state.

Because there is no leakage


current, the load voltage will not
increase in the OFF state.
However, depending on the
number of auto switches in the
ON state, the indicator lights
may sometimes grow dim or
not light up, due to the
dispersion and reduction of the
current flowing to the auto
switches.

Load
Auto switch 1

Brown
Auto switch 2
Blue

Load voltage at ON = Power supply voltage Residual voltage x 2 pcs.


= 24 V 4 V x 2 pcs.
= 16 V

Load voltage at OFF = Leakage current x 2 pcs. x Load impedance


= 1 mA x 2 pcs. x 3 k
=6V

Example: Power supply voltage 24 VDC


Auto switch internal voltage drop 4 V

Example: Load impedance 3 k


Auto switch leakage current 1 mA

21

Black

3-wire,
OR connection for PNP output

(Using relays)

Black

Load

Blue

3-wire,
AND connection for PNP output

Auto switch 1

Black

MGPW

Series

Made to Order 1

to
Made r
Orde

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions, specifications, and lead times.

Symbol

1 With Knock Pin Holes

-XC56

Cylinder with knock positioning pin hole

How to Order
MGPW

XC56

Standard model no.

With knock pin holes

Specifications: Same as standard type


Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
(mm)
Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

Top of the plate

HA

HB

N
H7 +0.010
0

RA

XA

XB
76 0.03

25 0.02

25 0.02

depth 6

28 0.02

17

28 0.02

28 0.02

4H7

+0.012
0

depth 6

34 0.02

18

92 0.03

34 0.02

34 0.02

4H7

+0.012
0

depth 6

42 0.02

19

112 0.03

38 0.02

38 0.02

4H7

+0.012
0

depth 6

50 0.02

21

128 0.04

49 0.02

49 0.02

5H7

+0.012
0

depth 8

65 0.03

21

168 0.04

58 0.03

58 0.03

5H7

+0.012
0

depth 8

80 0.03

25

196 0.04

Side of the cylinder (Bottom)

Bottom of the cylinder

XB

2 x N

RA

HB

2 x N

2 x N

XA + (Stroke/2)

HA

22

Series

MGPW

Made to Order 2

to
Made r
Orde

Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions, specifications, and lead times.

Symbol

2 Side Porting Type

-X867

Ports are only on the top of the cylinder for the standard model, but side ports are also available.

How to Order
MGPW

Standard model no.

X867
Side porting type

Port positions
-X867

Standard
Top port

Plug
Side port

Specifications: Same as standard type


Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
(mm)
Bore size
(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
63

GC

23

PA

PB

GC

PA

PB

9.9

23.5

10.5

10.3

25

13.5

11.4

31

16

13.5

31

18

14

35

21.5

15.5

36

28

Safety Instructions

These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or equipment
damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with the labels of
Caution, Warning or Danger. They are all important notes for safety and must be
followed in addition to International Standards (ISO/IEC) 1), and other safety regulations.

Caution indicates a hazard with a low level of risk

if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate


Caution: which,
injury.

Warning indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk

if not avoided, could result in death or serious


Warning: which,
injury.

1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power General rules relating to systems.


ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power General rules relating to systems.
IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines.
(Part 1: General requirements)
ISO 10218-1: Manipulating industrial robots - Safety.
etc.

indicates a hazard with a high level of risk


Danger : Danger
which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Caution

Warning
1. The compatibility of the product is the responsibility of the person
who designs the equipment or decides its specifications.
Since the product specified here is used under various operating conditions, its
compatibility with specific equipment must be decided by the person who designs
the equipment or decides its specifications based on necessary analysis and test
results. The expected performance and safety assurance of the equipment will be
the responsibility of the person who has determined its compatibility with the
product. This person should also continuously review all specifications of the
product referring to its latest catalog information, with a view to giving due
consideration to any possibility of equipment failure when configuring the
equipment.

2.

Only personnel with appropriate training should operate


machinery and equipment.
The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly. The
assembly, operation and maintenance of machines or equipment including our
products must be performed by an operator who is appropriately trained and
experienced.

3. Do not service or attempt to remove


machinery/equipment until safety is confirmed.

product

and

1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be


performed after measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven objects have
been confirmed.
2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as
mentioned above are implemented and the power from any appropriate source is
cut, and read and understand the specific product precautions of all relevant
products carefully.
3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent unexpected
operation and malfunction.

4. Contact SMC beforehand and take special consideration of safety


measures if the product is to be used in any of the following
conditions.
1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use outdoors
or in a place exposed to direct sunlight.
2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, air
navigation, space, shipping, vehicles, military, medical treatment, combustion
and recreation, or equipment in contact with food and beverages, emergency
stop circuits, clutch and brake circuits in press applications, safety equipment or
other applications unsuitable for the standard specifications described in the
product catalog.
3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, or animals
requiring special safety analysis.
4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double interlock for
possible failure by using a mechanical protective function, and periodical checks
to confirm proper operation.

Safety Instructions

1. The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries.


The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in manufacturing
industries.
If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC beforehand and
exchange specifications or a contract if necessary.
If anything is unclear, contact your nearest sales branch.

Limited warranty and Disclaimer/


Compliance Requirements
The product used is subject to the following Limited warranty and Disclaimer and
Compliance Requirements.
Read and accept them before using the product.

Limited warranty and Disclaimer


1.The warranty period of the product is 1 year in service or 1.5 years after the
product is delivered, whichever is first. 2)
Also, the product may have specified durability, running distance or replacement
parts. Please consult your nearest sales branch.
2. For any failure or damage reported within the warranty period which is clearly
our responsibility, a replacement product or necessary parts will be provided.
This limited warranty applies only to our product independently, and not to any
other damage incurred due to the failure of the product.
3. Prior to using SMC products, please read and understand the warranty terms
and disclaimers noted in the specified catalog for the particular products.
2) Vacuum pads are excluded from this 1 year warranty.
A vacuum pad is a consumable part, so it is warranted for a year after it is delivered.
Also, even within the warranty period, the wear of a product due to the use of the vacuum pad or
failure due to the deterioration of rubber material are not covered by the limited warranty.

Compliance Requirements
1. The use of SMC products with production equipment for the manufacture of
weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or any other weapon is strictly prohibited.
2. The exports of SMC products or technology from one country to another are
governed by the relevant security laws and regulations of the countries involved
in the transaction. Prior to the shipment of a SMC product to another country,
assure that all local rules governing that export are known and followed.

Be sure to read Handling Precautions for SMC Products (M-E03-3) before using.

24

Global Manufacturing, Distribution and Service Network


Worldwide Subsidiaries
America
North
& South America

Asia/Oceania

Europe/Africa

U.S.A. SMC Corporation of America

SRI LANKA (Distributor) Electro-Serv(Pvt.)Ltd.

CZECH REPUBLIC SMC Industrial Automation CZ s.r.o.

CANADA SMC Pneumatics (Canada) Ltd.

IRAN (Distributor) Abzarchian Co. Ltd.

HUNGARY SMC Hungary Ipari Automatizlsi Kft.

MEXICO SMC Corporation(Mxico), S.A. de C.V.

U.A.E. (Distributor) Machinery People Trading Co. L.L.C.

POLAND SMC Industrial Automation Polska Sp. z o.o.

BRAZIL SMC Pneumticos do Brasil Ltda.

KUWAIT (Distributor) Esco Kuwait Equip & Petroleum App. Est.

SLOVAKIA SMC Priemyseln Automatizcia Spol s.r.o.

CHILE SMC Pneumatics (Chile) S.A.

SAUDI ARABIA (Distributor) Assaggaff Trading Est.

SLOVENIA SMC Industrijska Avtomatika d.o.o.

COLOMBIA SMC Colombia Sucursal de SMC Chile S.A.

BAHRAIN (Distributor)
Mohammed Jalal & Sons W.L.L. Technical & Automative Services

BULGARIA SMC Industrial Automation Bulgaria EOOD

ARGENTINA SMC Argentina S.A.


BOLIVIA SMC Pneumatics Bolivia S.r.l.
VENEZUELA SMC Neumatica Venezuela S.A.
PERU (Distributor) IMPECO Automatizacin Industrial S.A.C.
ECUADOR (Distributor) ASSISTECH CIA. LTDA.

Asia/Oceania

CROATIA SMC Industrijska Automatika d.o.o.

SYRIA (Distributor) Miak Corporation

BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA(Distributor) A.M. Pneumatik d.o.o.

JORDAN (Distributor) Atafawok Trading Est.

SERBIA(Distributor) Best Pneumatics d.o.o.

BANGLADESH (Distributor) Chemie International

UKRAINE(Distributor) PNEUMOTEC Corp.

AUSTRALIA SMC Pneumatics(Australia)Pty.Ltd.

FINLAND SMC Pneumatics Finland Oy

NEW ZEALAND SMC Pneumatics(N.Z.)Ltd.

NORWAY SMC Pneumatics Norway AS

JAPAN SMC Corporation

CHINA SMC(China)Co.,Ltd.
CHINA SMC Pneumatics (Guangzhou) Ltd.

ESTONIA SMC Pneumatics Estonia O

Europe/Africa

HONG KONG SMC Pneumatics(Hong Kong)Ltd.

GERMANY SMC Pneumatik GmbH

TAIWAN SMC Pneumatics(Taiwan)Co.,Ltd.

SWITZERLAND SMC Pneumatik AG

KOREA SMC Pneumatics Korea Co., Ltd.

U.K. SMC Pneumatics (U.K.) Ltd.

SINGAPORE SMC Pneumatics(S.E.A.)Pte.Ltd.

FRANCE SMC Pneumatique SA

MALAYSIA SMC Pneumatics(S.E.A.)Sdn.Bhd.

SWEDEN SMC Pneumatics Sweden AB


LATVIA SMC Pneumatics Latvia SIA
LITHUANIA(LIETUVA) UAB SMC Pneumatics
ROMANIA SMC Romania S.r.l.
RUSSIA SMC Pneumatik LLC.
KAZAKHSTAN SMC Kazakhstan, LLC.

SPAIN / PORTUGAL SMC Espaa S.A.

TURKEY (Distributor) Entek Pnmatik Sanayi ve. Ticaret Sirketi

THAILAND SMC (Thailand) Ltd.

ITALY SMC Italia S.p.A.

PHILIPPINES Shoketsu SMC Corporation

GREECE SMC HELLAS E.P.E

INDIA SMC Pneumatics(India)Pvt.Ltd.

IRELAND SMC Pneumatics (Ireland) Ltd.

ISRAEL (Distributor) Baccara Geva A.C.S. Ltd.

NETHERLANDS (Associated company) SMC Pneumatics BV

INDONESIA (Distributor) PT. Sinar Mutiara Cemerlang

BELGIUM (Associated company) SMC Pneumatics N.V./S.A.

VIETNAM (Distributor) Dy Dan Trading Co.,Ltd.

DENMARK SMC Pneumatik A/S

PAKISTAN (Distributor) Jubilee Corporation

AUSTRIA SMC Pneumatik GmbH (Austria)

MOROCCO (Distributor) Soraflex


TUNISIA (Distributor) Byms
EGYPT (Distributor) Saadani Trading & Industrial Services
NIGERIA (Distributor) Faraday Engineering Company Ltd.
SOUTH AFRICA (Distributor) Hyflo Southern Africa (Pty.) Ltd.

U.S. & Canadian Sales Offices


WEST

Austin
Dallas
Los Angeles
Phoenix
Portland
San Francisco
Vancouver
CENTRAL

Chicago
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Detroit
Indianapolis
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
St. Louis
Toronto
Windsor

EAST

Atlanta
Birmingham
Boston
Charlotte
Nashville
New Jersey
Richmond
Rochester
Tampa
Montreal

Vancouver

Toronto

Montreal

Detroit
Boston

Chicago

Livermore

Indianapolis

Atlanta
Sales Branches
Regional Distribution Centers
Central warehouse

Austin

SMC Corporation of America

10100 SMC Blvd., Noblesville, IN 46060


www.smcusa.com

SMC Pneumatics (Canada) Ltd.


www.smcpneumatics.ca

(800) SMC.SMC1 (762-7621)

e-mail: sales@smcusa.com
For International inquiries: www.smcworld.com
2012 SMC Corporation of America, All Rights Reserved.

QX-RRD-5M

All reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy of the information detailed in this catalog were made at the time of publishing. However, SMC can in no way warrant the information herein contained as specifications are subject to change without notice.

S-ar putea să vă placă și